WDM_V1.3_2013_07

W M A320 family, A330/A340 and A380

SG M L D A TA U S E R G U IID DE Version 1.3 July 2013 The content of this document is the property of Airbus. It is supplied in confidence and commercial security on its contents must be maintained. It must not be used for any purpose other than that for which it is supplied, nor may information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons. It must not be reproduced in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of the copyright. copyright. Requests for reproduction of any data in this this docum document ent and and the media auth authori orized zed for it must must be addr address essed ed to Airbus. © Airbus S.A.S. 2005 All rights reserved.

AIRBUS S.A.S. CUSTOMER SERVICES TECHNICAL TECHNICAL DATA SUPPORT AND SERVICES SERVICES 31707 BL AGNA C CEDEX FRANCE

July 2013

A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual

Records of Revision Version

1.3

Date

July 2013

Section

Change

2.1 2.1 DTD identification Revis Revised ed rules

Section Unit

DTD Identi Identific ficati ation on Rules Rules

Reason for Revision

The The DTD DTD doct doctype ype is upda updated ted to the the last last offic official ially ly pub publis lished hed WM ATA DTD doctype, but there is no instantiation rule modification associated to this DTD update in the instance content of ASM and AWM. The modification is only for AWL. Changing DTD from "-//ATA-TEXT//DTD "-//ATA-TEXT//DTD WM-VER13LEVEL2 LEVEL2//E //EN" N" to "-//AT "-//ATAA-TEX TEXT// T//DT DTD D WM-VER WM-VER14 14-LEVEL2//EN".

4.5.13 WIRE

Revised

Chart Instantiation Rules

Added the wire part number (optional element PNR) to the wire information (element WIRE)

4.5.30 PNR

Revis evised ed

Ins Instan tantiat tiatio ion n Ru Rules les

The PN PNR ele elem ment is is now now als also us used in the the wire ire co contex text.

7 WM DTD

Revised

DTD

Update to the last officially published WM ATA DTD.

Version Date Section

All

1.2 November2011 November2011 Change

New

Version

All

Reason for Revision

Extension to A320 family.

1.1

Date

June2011

Section

Change

4.3.7 SBLIST

Section Unit

Revi Revise sed d

Section Unit

Inst Instan anti tiat atio ion n Rule Ruless Samples

Reason for Revision

Vendor SB identification updated. Vendor SB number is no more prefixed with “VSBR”.

4.5.3 EQROW

Revised

Instantiation Rules

The K EY EY o f EQ EQROW e le lement i s no no m or ore f ix ixed t o 32 32 characters .

4.5.8 MATEWMFR

Revised

Chart

Element MFR is no more used in MATEWMFR element.

Instantiation Rules Samples 4.5.10 EXTWROW

Revised

Instan tantiation Rules

A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide

The KE KEY of of EX EXTWROW el element is is no no mo more fi fixed to to 32 32 characters.

Page ii

July 2013

4.5.14 WIRECODE


Revised

Chart

Element MFR is no more used in WNBRMFR element.

Instantiation Rules Samples 4.5.26 %EIN

Revised

Chart

Element MFR is no more used in EINMFR element.

Instantiation Rules Samples 4.6.1 MFR

Revised

Element context

MFR is i s no n o mo more us used in i n EI E INMFR, MA M ATEWMFR an a nd WNBRMFR elements.

5.3.3 %REVATT

Revised

Instantiation Rules

The K EY EY o f EQ EQROW a nd nd E XT XTWROW e le lements a re re n o more fixed to 32 characters.

Version Date Section

All

1.0 October2010 Change

New

Section Unit

Reason for Revision

All


Page iii

July 2013


Contents

1.WELCOME......................... 1.WELCOME.......................................... .............................................. ......................................................... ...................................8 .......8 2.INTRODUCTION.................... 2.INTRODUCTION...... ............................. .............................. ........................................ ..............................................9 .....................9 2.1.DTD identification rules....................................................................................................................9 2.2.Contents of Delivery....................................... Delivery............................................................................................................. ..................................................................................10 ............10 2.2.1.Media Control file........................................................................................................................................ file........................................................................................................................................ 12 2.2.2.SGML Declaration file..................................................................... file.................................................................................................................................13 ............................................................13 2.2.3.CGM Declaration file...................................................................................................................................13 file...................................................................................................................................13 2.2.4.SGML Graphic Entity file ...........................................................................................................................1 ...........................................................................................................................1 3 2.2.5.SGML Companion Entity file ................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................. ....13

3.HOW TO USE THIS

GUIDE...................................................................14 ...........14 USER GUIDE........................................................

3.1.Section description.......................................................................................................... description...........................................................................................................................14 .................14 3.1.1.The “Charts representation” paragraph........................................................................................................15 paragraph........................................................................................................15 3.1.2.The “Content definition” paragraph.............................................................................................................18 paragraph.............................................................................................................18

3.2.Instructions to use this user GUIDE..............................................................................................20

4.MANUAL STRUCTURE...................... STRUCTURE........................................................ ............................................................21 ..........................21 4.1.GENERAL OVERVIEW......................... OVERVIEW.......................................................... ........................................................................................21 .......................................................21 4.1.1.ASM/AWM..................................................................................................................................................21 4.1.2.AWL............................................................................................................................................................22

4.2.WM TOP LEVEL ELEMENT.......................................................................................................23 4.2.1.WM..............................................................................................................................................................23

4.3.WM PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY PART.................................................................... PART..........................................................................................................30 ......................................30 4.3.1.LEGALNTC................. 4.3.1.LEGALNTC............................................................. ................................................................................................................................30 ....................................................................................30 4.3.2.CPYRGHT...................................................................................................................................................33 4.3.3.GENINFO....................................................................................................................................................34 4.3.4.MFMATR....................................................................................................................................................35 4.3.5.TRLIST........................................................................................................................................................38 4.3.6.VENDLIST..................................................................................................................................................39 4.3.7.SBLIST........................................................................................................................................................43 4.3.8.SBNRMFR...................................................................................................................................................50 4.3.9.SBNBR........................................................................................................................................................51 4.3.10.COCLIST...................................................................................................................................................52 4.3.11.COCNBR...................................................................................................................................................57 4.3.12.ACLIST......................................................................................................................................................58 4.3.13.MDNBR.....................................................................................................................................................61 4.3.14.EONBR......................................................................................................................................................62 4.3.15.ICS.............................................................................................................................................................63 4.3.16.EFFXREF..................................................................................................................................................65 4.3.17.CUS............................................................................................................................................................72 4.3.18.INTRO.......................................................................................................................................................73 4.3.19.NOTE.........................................................................................................................................................75 4.3.20.PARA.........................................................................................................................................................77 4.3.21.TXTGRPHC..............................................................................................................................................79 4.3.22.LIST1.........................................................................................................................................................81


Page iv

July 2013


4.3.23.UNLIST.....................................................................................................................................................87 4.3.24.TABLE.......................................................................................................................................................89 4.3.25.COLSPEC..................................................................................................................................................94 4.3.26.ROW..........................................................................................................................................................96 4.3.27.GLOSSARY... 4.3.27.GLOSSARY............................................... ..........................................................................................................................................101 ..............................................................................................101

4.4.ASM/AWM BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE........................................ STRUCTURE........................................ .......................................103 4.4.1.CHAPTER.................................................................................................................................................103 4.4.2.SECTION...................................................................................................................................................106 4.4.3.SUBJECT...................................................................................................................................................109

4.5.AWL BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE............... STRUCTURE............................................................ ............................................................................113 ...............................113 4.5.1.WMLIST....................................................................................................................................................113 4.5.2.EQIPLIST..................................................................................................................................................114 4.5.3.EQROW.....................................................................................................................................................116 4.5.5.LOCATION...............................................................................................................................................123 4.5.6.ZONE.........................................................................................................................................................125 4.5.7.MATEWITH..............................................................................................................................................126 4.5.8.MATEWMFR............................................................................................................................................127 4.5.9.EXTWLIST...............................................................................................................................................129 4.5.10.EXTWROW.............................................................................................................................................131 4.5.11.ACTWIRE...............................................................................................................................................134 4.5.12.NACTWIRE............................................................................................................................................135 4.5.13.WIRE.......................................................................................................................................................136 4.5.14.WIRECODE............................................................................................................................................139 4.5.15.WIRENBR...............................................................................................................................................142 4.5.16.LENGTH.................................................................................................................................................143 4.5.17.WIRETYPE.............................................................................................................................................144 4.5.18.FEEDTHRU.............................................................................................................................................145 4.5.19.FROM......................................................................................................................................................146 4.5.20.TO............................................................................................................................................................149 4.5.21.TERMNBR..............................................................................................................................................151 4.5.22.CONNECT...............................................................................................................................................153 4.5.23.SHUNT....................................................................................................................................................154 4.5.24.TERMPNR...............................................................................................................................................155 4.5.25.PNRNHA.................................................................................................................................................156 4.5.26.%EIN.......................................................................................................................................................157 4.5.27.EIN...........................................................................................................................................................161 4.5.28.HDIAGNBR............................................................................................................................................163 4.5.29.PAN..........................................................................................................................................................164 4.5.30.PNR..........................................................................................................................................................165

4.6.LOW LEVEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS..............................................................................166 ELEMENTS..............................................................................166 4.6.1.MFR...........................................................................................................................................................166 4.6.2.TITLE........................................................................................................................................................167 4.6.3.%TEXT......................................................................................................................................................168 4.6.4.%WCN.......................................................................................................................................................170

5.ATA TECHREQ IMPLEMENTATION................................................... IMPLEMENTATION.......................................................171 ....171 5.1.TEXT ENTITY SET DECLARATION.......................................................................................171 DECLARATION.......................................................................................171 5.1.1.DEFINITION.............................................................................................................................................171 5.1.2.%ISOtech...................................................................................................................................................171 5.1.3.%ISOpub....................................................................................................................................................171 5.1.4.%ISOnum...................................................................................................................................................172 5.1.5.%ISOgrk1..................................................................................................................................................172 5.1.6.%ISOgrk2..................................................................................................................................................172 5.1.7.%ISOgrk3..................................................................................................................................................173 5.1.8.%ISOgrk4..................................................................................................................................................173 5.1.9.%ISOlat1....................................................................................................................................................173 5.1.10.%ISObox..................................................................................................................................................174 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide

Page v

July 2013


5.1.11.%ISOamso...............................................................................................................................................174 5.1.12.%ISOamsc................................................................................................................................................174

5.2.NOTATION DECLARATION.....................................................................................................175 DECLARATION.....................................................................................................175 5.2.1.DEFINITION.............................................................................................................................................175 5.2.2.CGM..........................................................................................................................................................175 5.2.3.CCITT4......................................................................................................................................................175 5.2.4.GCF............................................................................................................................................................176 5.2.5.PDF............................................................................................................................................................176 5.2.6.PNG...........................................................................................................................................................176 5.2.7.JPEG..........................................................................................................................................................177 5.2.8.VRML........................................................................................................................................................177 5.2.9.MPEG........................................................................................................................................................178 5.2.10.MP3..........................................................................................................................................................178

5.3.REVISION MANAGEMENT..................... MANAGEMENT..................................................................................... ..................................................................................179 ..................179 5.3.1.Revision Management rules....................................................................................................................... rules....................................................................................................................... 179 5.3.2.%DELETED..............................................................................................................................................180 5.3.3.%REVATT................................................................................................................................................182 5.3.4.CHGDESC.................................................................................................................................................186 5.3.5.ISEMPTY..................................................................................................................................................188 5.3.6.REVST.......................................................................................................................................................189 5.3.7.REVEND...................................................................................................................................................193

5.4.EFFECTIVITY MANAGEMENT.................................. ............................................................ .............................................................194 .194 5.4.1.EFFECT.....................................................................................................................................................194 5.4.2.COCST.......................................................................................................................................................206 5.4.3.COCEND...................................................................................................................................................207

5.5.EXTERNAL 5.5.EXTERNAL REFERENCES REFERENCES MANAGEMENT............................................. MANAGEMENT.........................................................................208 ............................208 5.5.1.REFEXT....................................................................................................................................................208

5.6.GRAPHIC REFERENCES MECHANISM................................................................................210 5.6.1.GRPHCREF...............................................................................................................................................210 5.6.2.GRAPHIC..................................................................................................................................................212 5.6.3.SHEET.......................................................................................................................................................218

6.MAIN UNUSED STRUCTURES..................... STRUCTURES.................................... .............................. ............................ .................227 ....227 6.1.INTRODUCTION.................................................. 6.1.INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................................22 ........................................................................227 7 6.2.UNUSED STRUCTURES............. STRUCTURES...................................................... .................................................................................................227 ........................................................227 6.2.1.ALPRTNBR...............................................................................................................................................227 6.2.2.ALTENTRY..............................................................................................................................................228 6.2.3.ATANBR...................................................................................................................................................229 6.2.4.CAC...........................................................................................................................................................230 6.2.5.CAUTION..................................................................................................................................................231 6.2.6.CH20REF...................................................................................................................................................233 6.2.7.CONDLIST................................................................................................................................................234 6.2.8.CONDROW...............................................................................................................................................235 6.2.9.CUSAID.....................................................................................................................................................237 6.2.10.CUSREVREC..........................................................................................................................................238 6.2.11.CUSTEFF................................................................................................................................................239 6.2.12.DWG........................................................................................................................................................240 6.2.13.EQIVPNR................................................................................................................................................241 6.2.14.EXPRTCL................................................................................................................................................242 6.2.15.FSLGNBR................................................................................................................................................243 6.2.16.FTNOTE..................................................................................................................................................244 6.2.17.GDESC....................................................................................................................................................245 6.2.18.GLOSDATA............................................................................................................................................246 6.2.19.GRIDNBR................................................................................................................................................247 6.2.20.HAZMTLST............................................................................................................................................248 6.2.21.HOTLINK................................................................................................................................................250


Page vi

July 2013

A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual

6.2.22.HWINFO.................................................................................................................................................251 6.2.23.ICDATE...................................................................................................................................................252 6.2.24.INCREV...................................................................................................................................................253 6.2.25.MATLINFO.............................................................................................................................................256 6.2.26.MATLPNR..............................................................................................................................................257 6.2.27.MFREVREC............................................................................................................................................258 6.2.28.MFRNAME.............................................................................................................................................259 6.2.29.MODCODE.............................................................................................................................................260 6.2.30.NUMLIST................................................................................................................................................261 6.2.31.PANDESC...............................................................................................................................................263 6.2.32.PARTSTMT.............................................................................................................................................264 6.2.33.POSITION...............................................................................................................................................265 6.2.34.REFBLOCK.............................................................................................................................................266 6.2.35.REFINT...................................................................................................................................................267 6.2.36.REFMEDIA.............................................................................................................................................268 6.2.37.REGULATORY.......................................................................................................................................269 6.2.38.SC.........................................................................................................................................................cclxxi 6.2.39.SPCHAP..............................................................................................................................................cclxxii 6.2.40.SPSECT..............................................................................................................................................cclxxiv 6.2.41.SPSUBJ..............................................................................................................................................cclxxvi 6.2.42.SUB..................................................................................................................................................cclxxviii 6.2.43.SUPER...............................................................................................................................................cclxxix 6.2.44.TERMCODE.......................................................................................................................................cclxxx 6.2.45.TERMINFO.......................................................................................................................................cclxxxi 6.2.46.TFOOT..............................................................................................................................................cclxxxii 6.2.47.TOOLINFO......................................................................................................................................cclxxxiii 6.2.48.TOOLPNR.......................................................................................................................................cclxxxiv 6.2.49.TR......................................................................................................................................................cclxxxv 6.2.50.TRANSLTR............................................................................................................................................ccxc 6.2.51.TRDATA..............................................................................................................................................ccxcii 6.2.52.TTLPAGE...........................................................................................................................................ccxciii 6.2.53.VENBR....................................................................................................................................................295 6.2.54.WARNING..............................................................................................................................................296

7.WM DTD...........................................................................................................298 8.APPENDICES...................................................................................................313 8.1.APPENDIX I : Referenced Documents........................................................................................313 8.2.APPENDIX II : Acronyms............................................................................................................314

9.WM ELEMENT LIST.....................................................................................315

A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide

Page vii

July 2013


1. WELCOME This user guide describes the structure and contents of the Airbus WM (Wiring Manual) delivered in SGML format. It is divided into several parts: •

The introduction which describes the DTD identification rules and the content of an SGML delivery

•

The “How to use”

•

The description of the manual structure

This part presents all the DTD elements (except elements governed by ATA technical requirements [TECHREQ]). These elements are organized according to the following criteria: the preliminary elements (legal notice, front matter, etc), the elements linked to the manual core business, the low-level elements (title, etc). •

The specific implementations coming from the ATA technical requirements [TECHREQ]

•

The main unused structures

•

The DTD

•

The appendices

•

The element list


Page 8

July 2013


2. INTRODUCTION 2.1. DTD IDENTIFICATION RULES This manual is based on the WM DTD (Document Type Definition) issued by the ATA (Air Transport Association) [WM DTD].
Due to ATA DTD revision process (DTDs are revised and published once a year), Airbus may be lead to use an approved modification before the publication of the ATA DTD which will contain this modification. In this case, intermediate DTD versions with specific doctypes are used. The specific doctypes are built with the last ATA revision and version numbers followed by an Airbus increment (AIBX). Such intermediate versions consist of the last published ATA DTD with one or several modifications already approved by the ATA. This intermediate DTD version is used until the new ATA DTD version including the concerned modifications is published. This is illustrated in the following example: Last published ATA DTD:
Airbus intermediate DTD version with ATA approved modifications: "-//AIB-TEXT//DTD WM-VER5-REV3-AIB1-LEVEL2//EN"

Following published ATA DTD taking into account the approved modifications: "-//ATA-TEXT//DTD WM-VER5-REV4-LEVEL2//EN"


Page 9

July 2013


2.2. CONTENTS OF DELIVERY The contents of the delivery comply with the ATA supply specification document (Media & Packaging Specification) [ATAMED] The media support of the delivery is a write-once single layer DVD disc (DVD-R with a capacity of 4.7GB). The SGML WM is composed of three instances: •

one instance for the Aircraft Wiring Diagram Manual (AWM)

•

one instance for the Aircraft System Schematic Manual (ASM)

•

one instance for the Aircraft Wiring Manual List (AWL)

The files are organized as follows: •

for AWM: Root directory TSHEET.TXT WDM.MCF WDM.CDL SGML directory WM.SDL WM.DTD WDM.SGM WDM.SGE WDM.CFE CMP directory *.CMP V4SHEET.DTD CGM directory *.CGM USER_GUIDE directory WM_HTML directory GRAPHICS_HTML directory WM.PDF GRAPHICS.PDF


Page 10

July 2013

•


for ASM: Root directory TSHEET.TXT SSM.MCF SSM.CDL SGML directory WM.SDL WM.DTD SSM.SGM SSM.SGE SSM.CFE CMP directory *.CMP V4SHEET.DTD CGM directory *.CGM USER_GUIDE directory WM_HTML directory GRAPHICS_HTML directory WM.PDF GRAPHICS.PDF

•

for AWL: Root directory TSHEET.TXT WMLIST.MCF WMLIST.CDL SGML directory WM.SDL WM.DTD WMLIST.SGM WMLIST.SGE WMLIST.CFE


Page 11

July 2013


CMP directory *.CMP V4SHEET.DTD CGM directory *.CGM USER_GUIDE directory WM_HTML directory GRAPHICS_HTML directory WM.PDF GRAPHICS.PDF

The files composing the delivery are described below according to their extension: DELIVERY Description

Extension .TXT

Transmittal sheet text file

.MCF

Media Control File

.CDL

CGM declaration file

.SDL

SGML Declaration File

.DTD

SGML Document Definition File (DTD) and Companion Document Definition File

.SGM

SGML Document Instance File

.SGE

SGML Graphic Entity Set

.CFE

SGML Companion File Entity Set

.CMP

SGML Companion file

.CGM

CGM illustration file

.PDF

User guide of SGML delivery (this manual) and Graphics

2.2.1. MEDIA CONTROL FILE The Media Control File (.MCF) provides identification of the media contents. Its structure and contents comply with [ATAMED].


Page 12

July 2013


Only the mandatory records are provided, i.e.: •

Manual Header Record

•

Customer Header Record

•

SGML Tape Indicator Record

•

Data Intent and Source Company Record

2.2.2. SGML DECLARATION FILE The SGML declaration file (.SDL) complies with the ATA technical requirements [TECHREQ]. It is required when a SGML instance is used.

2.2.3. CGM DECLARATION FILE The CGM declaration file (.CDL) complies with the ATA requirements [ATAMED], chapter “Media, Protocols and Data Packaging \ Interchange”. It is required when a CGM instance is used. This file provides identification of the media contents. It replicates much of the information found on the external label.

2.2.4. SGML GRAPHIC ENTITY FILE The SGML Graphic Entity file (.SGE) is included in the instance as follows:
>

%graphics; ]>

2.2.5. SGML COMPANION ENTITY FILE The SGML Companion Entity file (.CFE) is included in the instance as follows:
>

%companions; ]>


Page 13

July 2013


3. HOW TO USE THIS USER GUIDE This user guide is built around a generic concept, the section. A section contains all the information necessary for the description of a DTD element and for its use by Airbus. The sections are grouped together in parts following use cases criteria, such as the preliminary elements, the core business elements or the unused elements. In this chapter, the explanations on the contents and the organisation of a section are given, as well as the means to find an element and navigate in the document.

3.1. SECTION DESCRIPTION Each section is broken down into four paragraphs: •

•

•

•

•

The 'chart representation' paragraph provides the parent element list and the tree diagram of the described element. The 'content definition' paragraph contains definitions for each element and attribute represented in the tree diagram. The 'instantiation rules' paragraph describes the content of the elements and attributes represented in the tree diagram according to the use cases. This paragraph is optional. The 'Samples' paragraph highlights the specific Airbus implementation described in the "Instantiation rules" paragraph. Samples come from the SGML instance. This paragraph is optional. The 'Interpretation rules' paragraph explains how to use the data. This paragraph is optional.


Page 14

July 2013


3.1.1. THE “CHARTS REPRESENTATION” PARAGRAPH The SGML DTD is broken down in hierarchical diagram form (tree diagram). This diagram contains an entry point (top level element) and its descendants. The descendants may have their own section. The graphic rules used in the charts are explained below: ELEMENT REPRESENTATION Formalism

DTD definition

The outlined shape corresponds to one instantiated element. The greyed italics shape corresponds either to one not instantiated element in the current context or an element not supported by Airbus.

Element with attributes. Unused attributes are written in italic font.

The shaded elements are fully broken down in a specific tree diagram.

The hatched (#PCDATA).


elements

contain

data

Page 15

July 2013


ELEMENT REPRESENTATION Formalism

DTD definition

A letter in parenthesis defines the attribute type.

Within a tree diagram, connectors link each father element (level-n shape) with its children elements. Each level connector is explained in detail below: LEVEL CONNECTOR DTD definition

1.

Formalism

Sequence

2.

Choice

3.

Choice Repetition


Page 16

July 2013


LEVEL CONNECTOR 4.

Choice Repetition Optional

5.

Group of elements

When many elements are connected to their father with the same kind of connector, they are gathered in a group.

Within a tree diagram, an element may have occurrence properties. Each property is explained in detail below: OCCURRENCE PROPERTY DTD definition

6.

Formalism

Optional

7.

Repetition


Page 17

July 2013


OCCURRENCE PROPERTY 8.

Repetition Optional

9.

Inclusion

10. Exclusion

3.1.2. THE “CONTENT DEFINITION” PARAGRAPH This paragraph contains definitions for each element and attribute in the structure chart. For manuals complying to an ATA DTD, definitions are taken from the ATA Common Support Data Dictionary [CSDD]. For non ATA manuals, CSDD definitions are used when they are relevant, especially for elements constrained by ATA technical requirements [TECHREQ]. Otherwise specific Airbus definitions are given. There are two types of content definition tables: •

Element content table.

•

Element attributes table.


Page 18

July 2013


3.1.2.1. ELEMENT

CONTENT TABLE

INTRO element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

INTRO

Introduction

ELEMENT

Identifies introductory information about the complete document or a major document structure

TITLE

Title

ELEMENT

A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., See §x.x.xx Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section pxxx Title

3.1.2.2. ELEMENT

ATTRIBUTE TABLE

INTRO element attributes NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision attribute

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF

The group of attributes needed for sending revision See §x.x.xx information for incremental updates or a complete re- pxxx issue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor.


Page 19

July 2013


3.2. INSTRUCTIONS TO USE THIS USER GUIDE The user guide organization enables the information to be found in various ways (picture below gives an example of user guide navigation): •

•

•

•

Table of Contents: The user can use the table of contents to access the functional chapter and sections (). Index: At the end of this user guide, the alphabetical index can be used to look up an element and to reach its corresponding section ( ). Element Context: : Each element context has a link to reach the section where the current element is defined (). Reference links: In the “content definition” table, the ‘REF’ links point to the element corresponding section ().


Page 20

July 2013


4. MANUAL STRUCTURE 4.1. GENERAL OVERVIEW 4.1.1. ASM/AWM The following diagram gives the simplified general structure of the ASM and AWM.


Page 21

July 2013


4.1.2. AWL The following diagram gives the simplified general structure of the AWL manual.


Page 22

July 2013


4.2. WM TOP LEVEL ELEMENT 4.2.1. WM 4.2.1.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION

4.2.1.2. CONTENT DEFINITION WM element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

WM

Wiring Manual

ELEMENT

The top level element for the complete Wiring Manual or various combinations of its component parts.

TITLE

Title

ELEMENT

A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title)

See §4.6.2 page 167

LEGALNTC

Legal Notice

ELEMENT

Information providing proprietary, copyright and export restrictions

See §4.3.1 page 30

MFMATR

Manual Frontmatter

ELEMENT

Data found at the beginning of a manual or defined volume of a manual and which is general to the complete manual or volume.

See §4.3.4 page 35


Page 23

July 2013


WM element content CHAPTER

Chapter

ELEMENT

A major division of a document. For maintenance oriented documents this will normally be based on the ATA numbering system. Other documents will use the system defined by their applicable standards or the data creator will define the divisions where no such standards exist.

See §4.4.1 page 103

WMLIST

Wiring Manual

List

ELEMENT

A collection of Equipment, Wire and Conduit data.

See §4.5.1 page 113

REVST

Revision Start

ELEMENT

Marks the start of data which has been revised.

See §5.3.6 page 189

This tag identifies that all data following the tag, until the tag REVEND is reached is revised with information from the manufacturer in this revision of the Document Instance. REVEND

Revision End

ELEMENT

Marks the end of data which has been revised. This tag identifies the end of revised data started by the tag REVST.

COCST

Customer Originated Change Start

ELEMENT

Customer requested data to be added or removed from the operators manual. Customer specific data is supplied to the manufacturer for incorporation.

See §5.3.7 page 193

See §5.4.2 page 206

Customer Originated Change Start Tag identifies that all data following the tag, until the tag COCEND is reached, is information provided by the customer for whom the data is effective. Note: The REVST - REVEND tags must be used in conjunction with the COCST - COCEND tags to indicate changes in the COC data. COCEND

Customer Originated Change End

ELEMENT

Customer requested data to be added or removed from the operators manual. Customer specific data is supplied to the manufacturer for incorporation.

See §5.4.3 page 207

The Customer Originated End tag marks the end of customer revised data started by the tag COCST.

WM element attributes NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

MODEL

Model

CDATA

Identifies engine or aircraft model designation. May include a model dash number (e.g. 747-400).

OIDATE

Original Issue Date

NUMBER

Day, month, year of the original issue date of the production document. Where the OIDATE is not available the OIDATE of the production document instance may be substituted. Must be given in ANSI standard format of 'YYYYMMDD'.

REVDATE

Revision Date

NUMBER

Day, month, year of the revision date associated with the element to which this attribute applies. Gives the date when the element was last revised. Must be given in format of 'YYYYMMDD'.

TSN

Transmittal Sequence Number

CDATA

Identifier of the current revision of the manual to which this attribute applies. The number is associated with the revision date of the manual (REVDATE attribute). A sequential control number identifying each transmission of data (initial submittal of followon revision).


REF

Page 24

July 2013


WM element attributes SPL

Supplier Code

CDATA

Identification of the aircraft vendor associated with the manual to which this attribute applies. A five digit alphanumeric code identifying the originator of the transmitted data.

CHG

Change Reason

N | R | U

Indicates the reason for revision for the element to which this attribute applies. Note: Change values do not propagate up through the document instance. The following codes may apply, depending on manuals: –

N = New,

–

R = Revised,

–

U = Unchanged.

LANG

Language

CDATA

Language in which the data is being transmitted. The format for language coding is as defined in ISO 639. Some examples are: "EN" English, "FR" French, "DE" German, "IT" Italian, "NL" Dutch, and "JA" Japanese.

CUS

Customer Code

CDATA

The ICAO alphanumeric code identifying the customer airline receiving or transmitting data.

CUSNAME

Customer Name

CDATA

Legal identifier of an operator, manufacturer, or supplier

SPC

Standard Practices

%YESORNO

An indicator specifying the inclusion of the Standard Practices in the document instance.

WDM

Wiring Manual

%YESORNO

A manual containing all aircraft electrical and electronic wiring diagrams necessary for maintenance. The manual also includes lists of equipment (electrical), wires, and hook-up. NOTE: ATA Specification No. 100 & 2200 describe the recommended content of the manual.

SSM

System Schematics Manual

%YESORNO

A manual containing schematic diagrams for aircraft systems and subsystems that explains overall system operation. This manual does not replace the Wiring Manual. A flag attribute that indicates the inclusion of the System Schematics Manual in the document instance.

WMLIST

Wiring Manual

List

%YESORNO

A collection of Equipment, Wire and Conduit data. The attribute flag indicates the inclusion of the Wiring Manual List in the document instance.

EFFLEN

Effectivity Length

NUMBER

The length of the 'field' that contains effectivity; this will either be a range or a single effectivity.

EFFTYPE

Effectivity Type

CDATA

A classification of effectivity coding schemes for the Effectivity Range. When used at the document level, identifies the standard effectivity type for the entire document. The type of effectivity (usually from the Effectivity Cross Reference List) which designates the type of effectivity identification that is being used in the EFFRG attribute. When used at the document level, this attribute identifies the standard effectivity type for the entire document.


Page 25

July 2013


4.2.1.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.2.1.3.1. 'MODEL' ATTRIBUTE The MODEL attribute value is set to one of the following values: •

TA-[/]+ with: : the Aircraft TA value (e.g. “A330”, “A380”, etc.) The “TA” model is specific to the A330/A340 and A380 A/C types.

•

PROJECT-[/]+ with: : the Aircraft Project value (e.g. “A319”, “A320”, etc.) The “PROJECT” model is specific to the A320 family.

•

SERIE--[/-]+ with: : the Aircraft TA value without the 'A' prefix (e.g. “330”, “380”, etc.) : the Serie number (e.g. “200”, “300”, etc.)

Samples: •

•

•

For the “TA” syntax : •

TA-A380

•

TA-A330/A340

For the “PROJECT” syntax : •

PROJECT-A320

•

PROJECT-A318/A319

For the “SERIE” syntax : •

SERIE-340-500/-600

•

SERIE-380-800

4.2.1.3.2. 'OIDATE' ATTRIBUTE The OIDATE attribute value is always set to the original issue date of the SGML manual for its receiver. It never changes from one revision to another. It is expressed using the 8digit standard format 'YYYYMMDD'. 4.2.1.3.3. 'REVDATE' ATTRIBUTE The REVDATE attribute value is set to the SGML manual delivery date, according to the customer's own data revision cycle. It is expressed using the 8-digit standard format 'YYYYMMDD'.


Page 26

July 2013


4.2.1.3.4. 'TSN' ATTRIBUTE The TSN attribute value is set to '0' for the first delivery of the manual. It is incremented at each new revision. 4.2.1.3.5. 'SPL' ATTRIBUTE The SPL attribute value is always set to the Airbus NCAGE code : 'FAPE3'. 4.2.1.3.6. 'CHG' ATTRIBUTE Refer to §5.3.3 %REVATT for instantiation rules. 4.2.1.3.7. 'LANG' ATTRIBUTE The language in which the data is transmitted is always English. The LANG attribute value is therefore set to 'EN'. 4.2.1.3.8. 'CUS' ATTRIBUTE For fleet customized manuals, the CU S attribute value is set to the negotiated customer code of the airline. It can be up to 5 characters long. 4.2.1.3.9. 'CUSNAME' ATTRIBUTE The CUSNAME attribute value is set to the full name of the documentation receiver company. 4.2.1.3.10. 'SPC' ATTRIBUTE The SPC attribute value is fixed to '0' value. 4.2.1.3.11. 'WDM', SSM', 'WMLIST' ATTRIBUTES The WD M attribute value is set to '1' value for Wiring Diagram Manual instance. The SSM attribute value is set to '1' value for System Schematic Manual instance. The WMLIST attribute value is set to '1' value for Wiring Manual List instance. Only one of these attributes is set to '1' for a giving manual, the two others attributes are set to '0' value. 4.2.1.3.12. 'EFFLEN' ATTRIBUTE The EFFLEN attribute value is set to the number of digits used to express the effectivity criterion. For fleet-customized manuals, this criterion is the Fleet Serial Number, always instantiated in 3 digits and so the EFFLEN attribute value is set to '3'.


Page 27

July 2013


4.2.1.3.13. 'EFFTYPE' ATTRIBUTE The EFFTYPE attribute value is set to the name of the element used in the effectivity cross reference table to tag the effectivity criteria used in effectivity statements in the whole manual. For fleet-customized manuals, the effectivity criterion is the Fleet Serial Number, tagged in the CEC (Customer Effectivity Code) element. The EFFTYPE attribute value is then 'CEC'. 4.2.1.3.14. ‘TITLE’ ELEMENT The T I T L E element content is set to 'AIRCRAFT SCHEMATIC MANUAL' for the ASM (SSM='1' ), 'AIRCRAFT WIRING MANUAL' for AWM ( WDM='1' ) and 'AIRCRAFT WIRING LIST' for AWL ( WMLIST='1' ). 4.2.1.3.15. 'CHAPTER' ELEMENT CHAPTER elements

are delivered when the SSM attribute or the WD M attribute are set to '1'. There are no CHAPTER elements delivered when WMLIST is set to '1'. 4.2.1.3.16. 'WMLIST' ELEMENT The WMLIST element is delivered only when the WMLIST is set to '1'. It is not delivered when the SSM attribute or the WD M attribute are set to '1'.

4.2.1.4. S AMPLES 4.2.1.4.1. ASM AIRCRAFT SCHEMATIC MANUAL ... ... ... ...

4.2.1.4.2. AWM AIRCRAFT WIRING MANUAL ...


Page 28

July 2013


... ... ...

4.2.1.4.3. AWL AIRCRAFT WIRING LIST ... ... EQUIPMENT LIST ... ... EXTENDED WIRE LIST ... ...


Page 29

July 2013


4.3. WM PRELIMINARY PART 4.3.1. LEGALNTC 4.3.1.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV TR WM

4.3.1.2. CONTENT DEFINITION LEGALNTC element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

LEGALNTC

Legal Notice

ELEMENT

Information providing proprietary, copyright and export restrictions

PROPTARY

Proprietary Statement

ELEMENT

This is the content model for the proprietary statement

REF

LEGALNTC element attribute NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision Attributes

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF

The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor.

See §5.3.3 page 182


Page 30

July 2013


PROPTARY element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

PROPTARY

Proprietary Statement

ELEMENT

This is the content model for the proprietary statement

FULLSTMT

Full Statement

ELEMENT

The complete proprietary statement found in copyright information.

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

FULLSTMT

Full Statement

ELEMENT

The complete proprietary statement found in copyright information.

TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


See §4.6.2 page 167

CPYRGHT

Copyright

ELEMENT

The right to publish, sell, or distribute aviation data.

See §4.3.2 page 33

FULLSTMT element content NAME

Container element to support the need to identify copyright information. The content model consists of a year element and a holder element. PARA

Paragraph

ELEMENT

A subdivision of text that consists of one or more sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker.

REF

See §4.3.20 page 77

Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc.

4.3.1.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.1.3.1. 'LEGALNTC' ELEMENT The LEGALNTC element has a fixed content, which does not vary from one revision to another. The whole Airbus proprietary copyright statement is provided using the PROPTARY and FULLSTMT elements structure, inside the LEGALNTC element. 4.3.1.3.2. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is set to with: •

equal to the 2-digit LANG attribute value of the WM element,

•

equal to 'LEGALNTC' value.

4.3.1.3.3. 'CHG' AND 'REVDATE' ATTRIBUTES (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) Refer to §5.3.3 %REVATT for instantiation rules.


Page 31

July 2013


4.3.1.3.4. 'TITLE' ELEMENT The T I T L E element content is set to "© AIRBUS S.A.S. 2005. All rights reserved.". The character entity “copy” is defined in the entity definition file generally called “% ISONum” which public identifier is “ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Numeric and Special Graphic//EN”. It represents the copyright symbol “©”. 4.3.1.3.5. 'CPYRGHT' ELEMENT Refer to §4.3.2 CPYRGHT for instantiation rules. 4.3.1.3.6. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Restrictions on manual data usage and reproduction are described at the end of the FULLSTMT element, in a succession of PARA elements.

4.3.1.4. S AMPLES The content of the legal notice is systematically positioned as below: © AIRBUS S.A.S. 2005. All rights reserved. 2005 AIRBUS S.A.S. Customer Services Technical Data Support and Services 31707 Blagnac Cedex FRANCE The content of this document is the property of Airbus. It is supplied in confidence and commercial security on its contents must be maintained.

It must not be used for any purpose other than that for which it is supplied, nor may information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons. It must not be reproduced in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of the copyright. Requests for reproduction of any data in this document and the media authorized for it must be addressed to Airbus.


Page 32

July 2013


4.3.2. CPYRGHT 4.3.2.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : FULLSTMT LEGALNTC

4.3.2.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CPYRGHT element content NAME

CPYRGHT

MEANING

Copyright

TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

The right to publish, sell, or distribute aviation data. Container element to support the need to identify copyright information. The content model consists of a year element and a holder element.

YEAR

Year

ELEMENT

The year element contains PCDATA to hold any form of date needed to include a copyright year format in text

HOLDER

Holder

ELEMENT

PCDATA to hold any form of information needed to identify a copyright holder in text.

GENINFO

General Information

ELEMENT

The general information portion of a copyright statement

See §4.3.3 page 34

4.3.2.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The CPYRGHT element is used to provide Airbus proprietary copyright statement. 4.3.2.3.1. 'YEAR' ELEMENT The YEAR element content is set to the document copyright registration year. It is then a constant value set to "2005". 4.3.2.3.2. 'HOLDER' ELEMENT The HOLDER element content is set to 'AIRBUS S.A.S.'. 4.3.2.3.3. 'GENINFO' ELEMENT Refer to §4.3.3 GENINFO for instantiation rules.


Page 33

July 2013


4.3.3. GENINFO 4.3.3.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CPYRGHT LEGALNTC

4.3.3.2. CONTENT DEFINITION GENINFO element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

GENINFO

General Information

ELEMENT

The general information portion of a copyright statement

PARA

Paragraph

ELEMENT

A subdivision of text that consists of one or more sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker.

REF

See §4.3.20 pag

Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc.

4.3.3.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The GENINFO element is used to provide the Copyright Holder General Information. It contains a succession of PARA elements filled in with the different fields of the A/C manufacturer Technical Data Support address.


Page 34

July 2013


4.3.4. MFMATR 4.3.4.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WM

4.3.4.2. CONTENT DEFINITION MFMATR element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

MFMATR

Manual Frontmatter

ELEMENT

Data found at the beginning of a manual or defined volume of a manual and which is general to the complete manual or volume.

TRLIST

Temporary Revsion List

ELEMENT

The identification of the Temporary Revisions and their See §4.3.5 status as of the current document revision. page 38

VENDLIST

Vendor Name and Address List

ELEMENT

The portion of the Front Matter showing the correlation of the manufacturers code and the name and address.

See §4.3.6 page 39

SBLIST

Service Bulletin List

ELEMENT

Data about the current incorporation status of Service Bulletins.

See §4.3.7 page 43

If there are no Service Bulletins issued or effective for the aircraft/engines, an ISEMPTY element can be sent in place of the SBDATA to indicate this. COCLIST

Customer Originated Change List

ELEMENT

Identifies data about the current incorporation status of See §4.3.10 COCs. If there are no COCs issued or effective for the page 52 aircraft or engines, an ISEMPTY element is sent in place of the COCDATA elements.

EFFXREF

Effectivity CrossReference

ELEMENT

Data about the different methods of identifying a basic effectivity group in the document instance, and how they relate to each other.

See §4.3.16 page 65

INTRO

Introduction

ELEMENT

Identifies introductory information about the complete document or a major document structure.

See §4.3.18 page 73


Page 35

July 2013


MFMATR element content GLOSSARY

Glossary

ELEMENT

Identifies the glossary information of a document.

See §4.3.27 page 101

4.3.4.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.4.3.1. 'TRLIST' ELEMENT For the three manuals, the TRLIST element is systematically delivered empty. 4.3.4.3.2. 'VENDLIST' ELEMENT The VENDLIST element is only delivered in AWL. 4.3.4.3.3. 'SBLIST' ELEMENT The SBLIST element is systematically delivered in the three manuals. 4.3.4.3.4. 'COCLIST' ELEMENT The COCLIST element is delivered only in case the of COC delivery in the data. 4.3.4.3.5. 'EFFXREF' ELEMENT The EFFXREF element is systematically delivered in the three manuals. 4.3.4.3.6. 'INTRO' ELEMENT The INTRO element is systematically delivered in the three manuals. 4.3.4.3.7. 'GLOSSARY' ELEMENT The GLOSSARY element is systematically delivered in the three manuals.

4.3.4.4. S AMPLES 4.3.4.4.1. AWL ... ... ... ... ...


Page 36

July 2013


...

4.3.4.4.2. ASM/AWM ... ... ... ... ...


Page 37

July 2013


4.3.5. TRLIST 4.3.5.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV MFMATR

4.3.5.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TRLIST element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

TRLIST

Temporary Revsion List

ELEMENT

The identification of the Temporary Revisions and their status as of the current document revision.

ISEMPTY

An Empty Element

ELEMENT

Used to indicate that an element intentionally does not contain any data. It is not used to indicate that an element is being deleted. The element DELETED is used for that purpose.

REF

See §5.3.5 page 188

TRLIST element attributes NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision Attributes

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF


See §5.3.3 page 182

4.3.5.3. INSTANTIATION RULES For the three manuals, the TRLIST element is systematically delivered with a ISEMPTY element. The KE Y attribute of the TRLIST element is set to “ENTRLIST”.

4.3.5.4. S AMPLES


Page 38

July 2013


4.3.6. VENDLIST 4.3.6.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV MFMATR TR

4.3.6.2. CONTENT DEFINITION VENDLIST element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

VENDLIST

Vendor Name and Address List

ELEMENT

The portion of the Front Matter showing the correlation of the manufacturers code and the name and address.

TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


VENDATA

Vendor Data

ELEMENT

An entry in the Vendor Code and Address List.

List


REF

See §4.6.2 page 167

Page 39

July 2013


VENDLIST element attributes NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision Attributes

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF


See §5.3.3 page 182

VENDATA element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

VENDATA

Vendor Data

List

ELEMENT

An entry in the Vendor Code and Address List.

MFR

Manufacturer Code

ELEMENT

A five digit code assigned to identify the manufacturer of See §4.6.1 the part, normally the Commercial And Government page 166 Entity (CAGE) code. Can be a local code.

MAD

Manufacturer Address

ELEMENT

Contact information for the Manufacturer identified by the Manufacturer code; typically the manufacturer's name (venname) and traditional mailing address (venaddr or addr), but may also include e-mail address (email), phone number (phone), facsimile number (fax), Telex number (telex), WWW home page address (url), manufacturer's representative (mfrcont), or other miscellaneous manufacturer data (veninfo). This appears in the Vendor Name and Address List.

MAD element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

MAD

Manufacturer Address

ELEMENT

Contact information for the Manufacturer identified by the Manufacturer code; typically the manufacturer's name (venname) and traditional mailing address (venaddr or addr), but may also include e-mail address (email), phone number (phone), facsimile number (fax), Telex number (telex), WWW home page address (url), manufacturer's representative (mfrcont), or other miscellaneous manufacturer data (veninfo). This appears in the Vendor Name and Address List.

VENNAME

Vendor Name

ELEMENT

Identifies the full name of the seller in a trading transaction.

VENADDR

Vendor Address

ELEMENT

The location address of a Component Vendor.

VENINFO

Vendor Information

ELEMENT

The name and address information of a component manufacturer or vendor.

REF

The element VENINFO consists of Vendor Name (VENNAME) and Vendor Address (VENADDR). VENRPL

Vendor Replacement

ELEMENT

Cage code of a manufacturer replaced by/replacing the current described vendor.


Page 40

July 2013


VENRPL element attributes NAME

RPLSTATUS

MEANING

Vendor Replacement

TYPE

rpls | rplby

DEFINITION

REF

Precise the replacement relationship between the vendor described in the current VENDATA and the VENRPL vendor. Possible values: . "rpls": Replaces - the Vendor described in the current VENDATA replaces the vendor identified in VENRPL. . "rplby" : The Vendor described in the current VENDATA is replaced by the vendor identified in VENRPL.

4.3.6.3. INSTANTIATION RULES All manufacturer codes contained in the manual are described in the front matter vendor list. Each of them is described in a ‘VENDATA’ element. 4.3.6.3.1. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is set to with: •


•

equal to 'VENDLIST' value.

4.3.6.3.2. 'TITLE' ELEMENT The T I T L E element is set to 'VENDOR LIST'. 4.3.6.3.3. 'MFR' ELEMENT The M F R element content is set to the manufacturer CAGE code, instantiated in 5 digits. 4.3.6.3.4. 'VENNAME' ELEMENT The VENNAME element content is set to the manufacturer name 4.3.6.3.5. 'VENADDR' ELEMENT The VENADDR element content is set to the manufacturer mailing address. This element is repeatable, allowing the street name, city, ZIP code and country information to be used for several VENADDR elements. 4.3.6.3.6. 'VENINFO' ELEMENT The VENINFO element is used for any other vendor related additional information. 4.3.6.3.7. 'VENRPL' ELEMENT The VENRPL element is used to indicate a replacement relationship with a manufacturer other than the one described in current VENDATA.


Page 41

July 2013


It contains the CAGE code of the replaced or replacing vendor, according to the value of the RPLSTATUS attribute. 4.3.6.3.8. 'RPLSTATUS' ATTRIBUTE The RPLSTATUS attribute indicates the replacement order. There are two possible values: •

'RPLS' for 'Replaces',

•

'RPLBY' for 'Replaced by'.

4.3.6.4. S AMPLES VENDOR LIST K1016 AEROQUIP VICKERS LTD BROAD GROUND ROAD B98 8YS REDDITCH WORCS GB K6658 K6658 AEROQUIP UK LTD BIRMINGHAM FACTORY CENTRE B30 3HR BIRMINGHAM GB K1016 ...


Page 42

July 2013


4.3.7. SBLIST 4.3.7.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV MFMATR TR

4.3.7.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SBLIST element content NAME

SBLIST

MEANING

Service Bulletin List

TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

Data about the current incorporation status of Service Bulletins. If there are no Service Bulletins issued or effective for the aircraft/engines, an ISEMPTY element can be sent in place of the SBDATA to indicate this.

CHGDESC

TITLE

Change Description

ELEMENT

Title

ELEMENT

Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title)


See §5.3.4 page 186

See §4.6.2 page 167

Page 43

July 2013


SBLIST element content %TEXT

Text

ENTITY

The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document.

SBDATA

Service Bulletin Data

ELEMENT

Part of the service bulletin list which aggregates a set of elements which together define all aspects of a Service Bulletin.

ISEMPTY

An Empty Element

ELEMENT


See §5.3.5 page 188

SBLIST element attributes NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision Attributes

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF


See §5.3.3 page 182

SBDATA element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

SBDATA

Service Bulletin Data

ELEMENT

Part of the service bulletin list which aggregates a set of elements which together define all aspects of a Service Bulletin.

SBNBR

Service Bulletin Number

ELEMENT

The identifier of a Service Bulletin. This identifier must See §4.3.9 include information regarding the aircraft or engine type, page 51 the model, the ATA number, and the sequence number necessary to uniquely identify the Service Bulletin.

SBREV

Service Bulletin Revision

ELEMENT

The revision number of the Service Bulletin number and the applicable manufacturer's code necessary to uniquely identify an Service Bulletin produced by a third party.

SBNRMFR

Service Bulletin Number and Manufacturer

ELEMENT

A collector for the Service Bulletin Number and the applicable Manufacturer Code necessary to uniquely identify a Service Bulletin produced by a third party.

See §4.3.8 page 50

EONBR

Engineering Order Number

ELEMENT

An alphanumeric string supplied by some customers which serves as the customer's internal identifier for a manufacturers Service Bulletin.

See §4.3.14 page 62

ACLIST

Aircraft List.

ELEMENT

A generic element enabling to associate a status (status attribute) to an aircraft range (effrg attribute)..

See §4.3.12 page 58

TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


See §4.6.2 page 167

ICS

Incorporation Status

ELEMENT

Identifies the status (incorporation date or a text string - See §4.3.15 normally "INCORP" or "No effect") of Service Bulletins page 63 or Customer Originated Modifications submitted for incorporation in the document instance. This status appears in the Service Bulletins and Modification List.


Page 44

July 2013


4.3.7.3. INSTANTIATION RULES This paragraph describes the instantiation rules that are used to deliver Airbus Service Bulletins or Vendor Service Bulletins (SBs issued by a vendor, e.g. an engine manufacturer or a component manufacturer.) 4.3.7.3.1. 'SBLIST' ELEMENT A Service Bulletin may have several revisions. Each of these revisions may be provided in SGML deliveries as a SBDATA element. So, for each Service Bulletin presented in the list, several SBDATA elements may be provided. All Service Bulletin level information, such as embodiment status or customer additional information is tagged in the first SBDATA element presented. SBDATA elements describing subsequent revisions of the same Service Bulletin contain only their documentation incorporation status (I CS element). There are three types of Service Bulletins: • •

•

Airbus Service Bulletins: Service Bulletins issued by Airbus. Vendor service bulletins covered by an Airbus SB: Service bulletins issued by vendors (engine manufacturer, etc.) but managed in the documentation as an Airbus SB. Pure vendor service bulletins: these service bulletins are issued by vendors (engine manufacturer, etc.) and not covered by an Airbus SB.

4.3.7.3.2. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is set to with: •


•

equal to 'SBLIST' value.

4.3.7.3.3. 'TITLE' ELEMENT In the SBLIST context, the T I T L E element content is set to ‘SERVICE BULLETIN LIST’. In the SBDATA context, the T I T L E element content is set to the short description of the Service Bulletin. 4.3.7.3.4. '%TEXT' ENTITY After the title, a descriptive text may be provided by a succession of PARA and UNLIST elements. It describes the data contained in the SBLIST . This text is a constant information throughout all the manuals. 4.3.7.3.5. 'SBNBR' ELEMENT The SBNBR element content is set to the SBDATA -related Service Bulletin unique identifier. It is the same value than the one used in effectivity statements (see §Conditional effectivity) to indicate that a documentary unit is impacted by the Service Bulletin. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide

Page 45

July 2013


The SBNBR element is delivered only for Airbus Service bulletins and Vendor service bulletins that are covered by an Airbus SB. 4.3.7.3.6. 'SBREV' ELEMENT The SBREV element contains the revision number of the SBDATA -related Service Bulletin. The SBREV element is delivered only for Airbus Service bulletins and Vendor service bulletins that are covered by an Airbus SB. 4.3.7.3.7. 'SBNRMFR' ELEMENT The SBNRMFR element gathers all information needed to uniquely identify a vendor Service Bulletin. Remark #1: The SBDATA containing a SBNRMFR systematically contains the SBNBR corresponding to the Airbus SB covering the vendor SB. Only the Airbus SB number is used in the effectivity statements (SBEFF). Remark #2: In case an Airbus SB covers several Vendor SBs, as many SBNRMFR elements as Vendor Service Bulletins are present in the SBDATA element. 4.3.7.3.8. 'EONBR' ELEMENT The EONBR element content is set to a customer work order reference associated with a Service Bulletin. It consists of a customer internal identifier. It is provided by some customers which use it as an internal identifier for a Service Bulletin. 4.3.7.3.9. 'ACLIST' ELEMENT The ACLIST element is the way used to associate a Service Bulletin embodiment status with an aircraft range via STATUS and EFFRG attributes. The ACLIST elements set covers the embodiment status of the whole fleet for each Service Bulletin. Remark: The ACLIST element is not delivered for pure vendor SB (not covered by an Airbus SB). 4.3.7.3.10. 'ICS' ELEMENT The I CS element provides the incorporation status in the documentation for every revision of each Service Bulletin (SB). It is expressed at fleet level. The status information is supplied by the STATUS attribute. When all Service Bulletin impacts on documentation A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide

Page 46

July 2013


are fully incorporated, the I CS element content is set to the manual revision date at which the SB was fully incorporated. 4.3.7.3.11. 'ISEMPTY' ELEMENT If there are no Service Bulletins issued or effective for the aircraft of the fleet, an ISEMPTY element is provided in place of the SBDATA to indicate this.

4.3.7.4. S AMPLES The table below shows an example of the Service Bulletin List of a fictitious airline's customized fleet. It is composed of two Airbus bulletins Service Bulletins, on Vendor SB covered by an Airbus SB and a pure Vendor SB The Airbus SB have several revisions, whose incorporation and embodiment statuses illustrate different possible cases. Embodiment status is expressed using the Effectivity Cross-Reference table sample as a basis. Data Sample SB Number

SB Rev

Vendor SB SB number

21-8046

Incorp. Status

SB Title

Customer work order

Embodiment Status

MFR

00

20060301

SB 21-8046 XXX XXXX Description

Emb. On A/C 001-003

01

No effect

YYY YYYY

Sched. On A/C 004-004

ZZZ ZZZZ

Not Rep. On A/C 005-005 Reject. On A/C 101-103

21-8047

71-4227

00

In progress

01

No effect

02

No effect

00

MP4227-01 43A26 20070401

SB 21-8047 VVV VVVV Description ZZZ ZZZZ

Emb. On A/C 001-003

Sched. On A/C 004-005 Reject. On A/C 101-103

71-4227 Description

XXX

Emb. On A/C 001-003 Sched. On A/C 004-005 Reject. On A/C 101-103

AB-128-5

23E42

In progress

AB-128-5 Description

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST ... 21-8046 00 XXX XXXX A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide

Page 47

July 2013


YYY YYYY ZZZ ZZZZ 21-8046 Description 20060301 21-8046 01 21-8047 00 VVV VVVV ZZZ ZZZZ SB 21-8047 Description 21-8047 01 21-8047 02 71-4227 00 MP4227-01 43A26 XXX 71-4227 Description 20070401 AB-128-5 23E42 AB-128-5 Description ...


Page 48

July 2013



Page 49

July 2013


4.3.8. SBNRMFR 4.3.8.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : SBDATA

4.3.8.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SBNRMFR element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

SBNRMFR

Service Bulletin Number and Manufacturer

ELEMENT

A collector for the Service Bulletin Number and the applicable Manufacturer Code necessary to uniquely identify a Service Bulletin produced by a third party.

SBNBR


ELEMENT

The identifier of a Service Bulletin. This identifier must See §4.3.9 include information regarding the aircraft or engine type, page 51 the model, the ATA number, and the sequence number necessary to uniquely identify the Service Bulletin.

MFR

Manufacturer Code

ELEMENT

A five digit code assigned to identify the manufacturer of See §4.6.1 the part, normally the Commercial And Government page 166 Entity (CAGE) code. Can be a local code.

4.3.8.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The SBNRMFR element is only delivered for vendor SB. It contains: • •

the Vendor Service Bulletin number (SBNBR element), the Manufacturer CAGE/NCAGE Code ( M F R element) identifying the Vendor (5 digits) who has issued the service bulletin.

4.3.8.4. S AMPLES 5210-21-01-00 01359


Page 50

July 2013


4.3.9. SBNBR 4.3.9.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : SBDATA SBNRMFR

4.3.9.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SBNBR element content NAME

SBNBR

MEANING


TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

The identifier of a Service Bulletin. This identifier must include information regarding the aircraft or engine type, the model, the ATA number, and the sequence number necessary to uniquely identify the Service Bulletin.

4.3.9.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The SBNBR element content is set to the manufacturer SB reference in the SBDATA context. It is composed of the following fields: with: •

•

•

the 2-digit code identifying the ATA chapter the SB is related to a separator character. It is usually set to “-” but it can have the value “A” (Alert SB) or “E” (dummy SB) a 4-digit sequential number of the SB for a given program

It is the same value as the one used in effectivity statements (SBNBR attribute of SBEFF element) to indicate that a documentary unit is impacted by the SB.

In case of Alert SB, the format is the same with the letter “A” instead of “-”: A

4.3.9.4. S AMPLES 21-8046


Page 51

July 2013


4.3.10. COCLIST 4.3.10.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION

ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV MFMATR TR

4.3.10.2. CONTENT DEFINITION COCLIST element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

COCLIST

Customer Originated Change List

ELEMENT

Identifies data about the current incorporation status of COCs. If there are no COCs issued or effective for the aircraft or engines, an ISEMPTY element is sent in place of the COCDATA elements.

CHGDESC

Change Description

ELEMENT

Gives the reason for a revision.

TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


%TEXT

Text

ENTITY

The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168

Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change.

See §5.3.4 page 186

See §4.6.2 page 167

A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document.


Page 52

July 2013


COCLIST element content COCDATA

Customer Originated Change Data

ELEMENT

Identifies a set of elements which together define all aspects of a COC. If there are no COCs issued or effectivity for the aircraft or engines, an ISEMPTY element is sent in place of the COCDATA elements.

ISEMPTY

An Empty Element

ELEMENT


See §5.3.5 page 188

COCLIST element attributes NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision Attributes

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF


See §5.3.3 page 182

COCDATA element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

COCDATA

Customer Originated Change Data

ELEMENT

Identifies a set of elements which together define all aspects of a COC. If there are no COCs issued or effectivity for the aircraft or engines, an ISEMPTY element is sent in place of the COCDATA elements.

COCNBR

Customer Originated Change Number

ELEMENT

The identification number of the Customer Originated Change associated with the effectivity

COCREV

Customer Originated Change Revision Number

ELEMENT

Identifies the Revision Number to a Customer Originated Change.

EONBR


ELEMENT


See §4.3.14 page 62

MDNBR

Modification Number

ELEMENT

A number assigned by the manufacturer to identify design changes to the aircraft.

See §4.3.13 page 61

ACLIST

Aircraft List.

ELEMENT

A generic element enabling to associate a status (status attribute) to an aircraft range (effrg attribute)..

See §4.3.12 page 58

TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


See §4.6.2 page 167

ICS


ELEMENT

Identifies the status (incorporation date or a text string - See §4.3.15 normally "INCORP" or "No effect") of Service Bulletins page 63 or Customer Originated Modifications submitted for incorporation in the document instance. This status appears in the Service Bulletins and Modification List.


REF

See §4.3.11 page 57

Page 53

July 2013


4.3.10.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.10.3.1. 'COCLIST' ELEMENT A Customer Originated Change is identified by a short reference number ( COCNBR element content) and a long reference number (COCREV element content) that can eventually be the same value as the short reference number.. The COCDATA elements within the COCLIST are sorted on the following two criteria in this order: •

the COC short reference number (COCNBR element content),

•

the COC long reference number (COCREV element content).

4.3.10.3.2. 'CHG' AND 'REVDATE' ATTRIBUTES (IN '%REVATT' ENTITY) Refer to the "Revision management section" for instantiation rules. 4.3.10.3.3. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (IN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is set to with: •


•

equal to 'COCLIST' value.

4.3.10.3.4. 'TITLE' ELEMENT In the COCLIST context, the T I T L E element content is set to ‘CUSTOMER ORIGINATED CHANGE (COC) LIST’. In the COCDATA context, the T I T L E element content is set to the short description of the Customer Originated Change. 4.3.10.3.5. '%TEXT' ENTITY After the title, a descriptive text may be provided by a succession of PARA and UNLIST elements. It describes the data contained in the COCLIST . This text is a constant information throughout all the manuals. 4.3.10.3.6. 'COCNBR' ELEMENT The COCNBR element content is set to the COCDATA-related Customer Originated Change unique short identifier. It it the same value as the one used in effectivity statements (COCNBR attribute of COCEFF element) to indicate that a documentary unit is impacted by the COC. 4.3.10.3.7. 'ISEMPTY' ELEMENT If there are no Customer Originated Changes (COC) issued or effective for the aircraft of the fleet, an ISEMPTY element is provided in place of the COCDATA to indicate this.


Page 54

July 2013


4.3.10.3.8. 'COCREV' ELEMENT The COCREV element content is set to the COCDATA-related Customer Originated Change long reference number. 4.3.10.3.9. 'EONBR' ELEMENT The EONBR element content is set to a customer work order reference associated with a Customer Originated Change. It consists of a customer internal identifier. It is provided by some customers which use it as an internal identifier for a Customer Originated Change. 4.3.10.3.10. 'MDNBR' ELEMENT There are two kinds of Customer Originated Change : •

•

Physical Customer Originated Change : these COC physically impact the Aircraft systems. They are managed similarly to Service Bulletins. Editorial Customer Originated Change : these COC only impact documentation. They are managed as Service Bulletins that are never embodied.

The MDNBR element content is set to the COCDATA-related Customer Originated Change type. It may contain the following values: •

'M' (for Modification) to type a physical Customer Originated Change

•

'E' (for Editorial) to type an editorial Customer Originated Change

4.3.10.3.11. 'ACLIST' ELEMENT The ACLIST element is the way used to associate a Customer Originated Change embodiment status to an aircraft range via STATUS and EFFRG attributes. The ACLIST elements set covers the embodiment status of the whole fleet for each Customer Originated Change (COC). 4.3.10.3.12. 'ICS' ELEMENT The I CS element provides the incorporation status in the documentation for every Customer Originated Changes (COC). It is expressed at fleet level. The status information is supplied by the STATUS attribute. When all Customer Originated Change impacts on documentation are incorporated, the I CS element content is set to the manual revision date at which the COC was fully incorporated.

4.3.10.4. SAMPLES The table below shows an example of the Customer Originated Change List of a fictitious airline's customized fleet. It is composed of two Customer Originated Changes of different types, whose incorporation and embodiment status illustrate different possible cases. Embodiment status is expressed using the Effectivity Cross-Reference table sample as a basis. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide

Page 55

July 2013


Data Sample COC basic Reference

COC complete reference

Incorp. Status

COC Title

Customer reference

COC Type

XXX XX- XXX XX-XXXX 20060301 COC XXX XX-XXXX AAA AAAA XXXX XXX Description

M

YYY YY- YYY YYYY YYY

E

YY-YYYY In progress

COC YYY YY-YYYY BBB BBBB Description

COC Effectivity

Emb. On A/C 001-003 Sched. On A/C 004-005 001005

CUSTOMER ORIGINATED CHANGE (COC) LIST ... XXX XX-XXXX XXX XX-XXXX XXX AAA AAAA M COC XXX XX-XXXX Description 20060301 YYY YY-YYYY YYY YY-YYYY YYY BBB BBBB E YYY YY-YYYY Description


Page 56

July 2013


4.3.11. COCNBR 4.3.11.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION

ELEMENT CONTEXT : COCDATA SBDATA

4.3.11.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SBNBR element content NAME

COCNBR

MEANING

Customer Originated Change Number

TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

The identification number of the Customer Originated Change associated with the effectivity

4.3.11.3. INSTANTIATION RULES In the COCDATA context: The COCNBR element content is set to the COCDATA-related Customer Originated Change unique short identifier. It it the same value as the one used in effectivity statements (COCNBR attribute of COCEFF element) to indicate that a documentary unit is impacted by the COC.


Page 57

July 2013


4.3.12. ACLIST 4.3.12.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION


4.3.12.2. CONTENT DEFINITION ACLIST element content NAME

ACLIST

MEANING

Aircraft List.

TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

A generic element enabling to associate a status ( status attribute) to an aircraft range (effrg attribute)..

ACLIST element attribute NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

STATUS

Status

CDATA

Container for status values of a given element

EFFRG

Effectivity Range

CDATA

Gives the range of identifiers for equipment to which the text, graphic, or graphical object is applicable

REF

For aircraft maintenance publications, gives the range of aircraft in the fleet to which the text, graphic, or graphical object is applicable. It includes repeating effectivity codes where the first characters are for the first aircraft and the last characters are for the last aircraft applicable for the entry. For engine maintenance publications, gives the specific model(s) for which the text or graphic is applicable. It includes engine model number or engine model aircraft combination code(s). Multiple engines for aircraft effectivity ranges are separated by a single space

4.3.12.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.12.3.1. 'ACLIST' ELEMENT The ACLIST element is the way used to associate a criteria (SB or COC) embodiment status to an aircraft range via STATUS and EFFRG attributes. The ACLIST elements set covers the embodiment status of the whole fleet for each Service Bulletin (SB) / Customer Originated Change (COC). 4.3.12.3.2. 'STATUS ATTRIBUTE The STATUS attribute is set to a character string restricted to the following list of values:


Page 58

July 2013


•

“embodied”

•

“scheduled”

•

“rejected ”

•

“not reported ”

•

“edit”

The use of these values depends on the context in which the ACLIST element is instantiated (SBDATA or COCDATA element). Within the SBDATA element, the STATUS attribute is a character string restricted to “embodied ”, “scheduled”, “rejected ” or “not reported ” values. •

•

•

•

“embodied” : This value means that the SB has been retrofitted on the given aircraft list (EFFRG attribute) “scheduled” : This value means that the SB is either •

accepted by the operator

•

or a free of charge SB

•

or is an SB belonging to an Airbus retrofit campaign

•

or is an optional SB.

“rejected ” : This value means the operator notified Airbus that it will not retrofit the SB on the given aircraft list ( EFFRG attribute) “not reported ” : This value means that the airline did not notify Airbus of an acceptance decision for the given aircraft list (EFFRG attribute)

Within COCDATA element, the STATUS attribute is a character string restricted to “embodied ”, “scheduled” o r “edit” values depending on the type of the Customer Originated Change. The other values (“ rejected ” and “not reported ”) may be used in the future. •

For physical Customer Originated Change (MDNBR element of related COCDATA element set to 'M'), the STATUS attribute value is a character string restricted to “embodied” or “scheduled”. •

•

•

“embodied”: this value is only used for physical Customer Originated Change, it means that the COC has been retrofitted on the given aircraft list ( EFFRG attribute); “scheduled”: this value is only used for physical Customer Originated Change, it means that the COC application is scheduled on the given aircraft list (EFFRG attribute).

For editorial Customer Originated Change ( M D N B R element of related COCDATA element set to 'E'), the STATUS attribute value is fixed to “edit”. The aircrafts impacted by the COC are listed in the given aircraft list (EFFRG attribute).

4.3.12.3.3. 'EFFRG' ATTRIBUTE A/C range for which the associated status provided in STATUS attribute is valid.


Page 59

July 2013


4.3.12.4. SAMPLES •

SBDATA context

•

COCDATA context


Page 60

July 2013


4.3.13. MDNBR 4.3.13.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION


4.3.13.2. CONTENT DEFINITION MDNBR element content NAME

MDNBR

MEANING

Modification Number

TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

A number assigned by the manufacturer to identify design changes to the aircraft.

4.3.13.3. INSTANTIATION RULES In the COCDATA context: There are two kinds of Customer Originated Change : •

•

Physical Customer Originated Change : these COC physically impact the Aircraft systems. They are managed similarly to Service Bulletins. Editorial Customer Originated Change : these COC only impact documentation. They are managed as Service Bulletins that are never embodied.

The MDNBR element content is set to the COCDATA-related Customer Originated Change type. It may contain the following values: •

'M' (for Modification) to type a physical Customer Originated Change

•

'E' (for Editorial) to type an editorial Customer Originated Change


Page 61

July 2013


4.3.14. EONBR 4.3.14.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION


4.3.14.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EONBR element content NAME

EONBR

MEANING


TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF


4.3.14.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The EONBR element content is set to a customer work order reference associated with an SB or a COC.

4.3.14.4. SAMPLES YYY YYYYY


Page 62

July 2013


4.3.15. ICS 4.3.15.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION


4.3.15.2. CONTENT DEFINITION ICS element content NAME

ICS

MEANING


TYPE

DEFINITION

ELEMENT

REF

Identifies the status (incorporation date or a text string normally "INCORP" or "No effect") of Service Bulletins or Customer Originated Modifications submitted for incorporation in the document instance. This status appears in the Service Bulletins and Modification List.

ICS element attribute NAME

STATUS

MEANING

Status

TYPE

CDATA

DEFINITION

REF

Container for status values of a given element

4.3.15.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The I CS element provides the incorporation status in the documentation for the last revision of each Service Bulletin (SB) / Customer Originated Change (COC) at fleet level. The status information is supplied by the STATUS attribute. 4.3.15.3.1. 'STATUS' ATTRIBUTE The status attribute value is set to a character string whose content is limited to the following values: •

“in progress”

•

“incorporated ”

•

“no effect ”

In the “incorporated” status case, the incorporation date (expressed using the 8-digit standard format 'YYYYMMDD') must be given as the I CS element content. In the other cases, the I CS element content is empty. Remark: The “no effect” value is only used in the SBLIST context.


Page 63

July 2013


4.3.15.4. SAMPLES 20060301


Page 64

July 2013


4.3.16. EFFXREF 4.3.16.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION


4.3.16.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EFFXREF element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

EFFXREF

Effectivity CrossReference

ELEMENT

Data about the different methods of identifying a basic effectivity group in the document instance, and how they relate to each other.

TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


%TEXT

Text

ENTITY


See §4.6.2 page 167

A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. EFFDATA

Effectivity Cross Reference Data

ELEMENT

An entry in the Effectivity Cross Reference List


Page 65

July 2013


EFFXREF element attributes NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision Attributes

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF


See §5.3.3 page 182

EFFDATA element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

EFFDATA

Effectivity Cross Reference Data

ELEMENT

An entry in the Effectivity Cross Reference List

CUS

Customer Code

ELEMENT

The ICAO alphanumeric code identifying the customer See §4.3.17 airline receiving or transmitting data. page 72

MODTYPE

Model Type

ELEMENT

Model/Type i n A irplane Effectivity C ross R eference Table. Identifies the model or type of aircraft covered by the document instance.

CEC

Customer Effectivity Code

ELEMENT

A four-character code selected by the airline to identify the aircraft in the customized document instance.

ACN

Aircraft Registration Number

ELEMENT

The registration identify assigned to each individual aircraft by the cognizant national authority. The registration number is unique to an operator, country and time.

LINENBR

Line Number

ELEMENT

The code used by the manufacturer to sequentially identify the aircraft within the database or document production system.

ECT

Effectivity Code Termination

ELEMENT

A number assigned to provide continuity to the airline assigned effectivity codes.

MSNBR

Manufacturin g Serial Number

ELEMENT

A number assigned to identify the specific aircraft during the production/manufacturing process.

BENBR

Basic Engineering Number

ELEMENT

A number assigned to identify the basic configuration for the aircraft design definition.

ESNBR

Engine Number

ELEMENT

A number assigned to identify the engine configuration for the aircraft design definition.

OPERATOR

Operator

ELEMENT

Aircraft operator full designation.

Set

4.3.16.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.16.3.1. 'EFFXREF' ELEMENT This element specifies the concept of the Effectivity Cross-Reference Table that contains the following information: •

•

FSN/MSN cross reference that links an Airbus aircraft reference (Manufacturing Serial Number-MSN) to a customer aircraft reference (Fleet Serial Number-FSN), A/C Registration Number, assigned by the operator's cognizant national authority,


Page 66

July 2013

•

A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Aircraft specific information such as engine model, operator or production standard.

4.3.16.3.2. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y atttribute is set to with: •


•

equal to 'EFFXREF' value.

4.3.16.3.3. 'TITLE' ELEMENT The content of the T I T L E element is always set to 'Effectivity Cross-Reference Table'. 4.3.16.3.4. '%TEXT' ENTITY After the title, a descriptive text may be provided by a succession of PARA and UNLIST elements. It describes the data contained in the EFFXREF . This text is a constant information throughout all the manuals. 4.3.16.3.5. 'EFFDATA' ELEMENT The EFFDATA element is used as a container designed to gather all information useful to uniquely identify one A/C in the Effectivity Cross-Reference Table. The Effectivity Cross-Reference Table contains one EFFDATA element for each A/C the manual covers. 4.3.16.3.6. 'CUS' ELEMENT The CUS element value is set to the negotiated customer code of the airline. It can be up to 5 characters long. 4.3.16.3.7. 'MODTYPE' ELEMENT The MODTYPE element content is set to the manufacturer's A/C model. 4.3.16.3.8. 'CEC' ELEMENT The CEC element content is set to the A/C Fleet Serial Number (FSN) value. The CEC element value is a three-digit value. 4.3.16.3.9. 'ACN' ELEMENT The ACN element content is set to the A/C registration number , assigned by its owner's cognizant national authority. It is provided only once the A/C has been assigned its registration number. Consequently, it may be empty in the case of advanced documentation delivery before A/C entry into service.


Page 67

July 2013


4.3.16.3.10. 'LINENBR' ELEMENT The LINENBR element content is set to the rank within the original customer version. It is composed of the following two items separated by a blank character: •

aircraft version,

•

aircraft rank within the version.

Its value remains constant over the whole A/C lifetime, independently of A/C transfer. 4.3.16.3.11. 'ECT' ELEMENT This element is provided only within fleet-customized manuals The ECT element content is set to the expression of the range the A/C belongs to. The notion of A/C range is used to gather A/C sharing the same properties. These ranges are defined in accordance with the customers. The aircraft table rows are sorted in increasing FSN order. All A/C belonging to the same range are given sequentially. So, each break in the ECT element value means: • •

the corresponding FSN is the first of its range, there are no more A/C defined in the previous range, even if the last described FSN is not equal to the top limit of its range.

The ECT element format is the same as the one used to identify the A/C ranges in the EFFECT element (within EFFRG attribute). It is composed by the starting FSN in 3 digits, followed by the ending range FSN in 3 digits. 4.3.16.3.12. 'MSNBR' ELEMENT The MSNBR element content is set to the A/C manufacturer's serial number, unique for a given program. It is expressed in 4 digits. 4.3.16.3.13. 'ESNBR' ELEMENT The ESNBR element content is set to the A/C engine manufacturer's engine model. 4.3.16.3.14. 'BENBR' ELEMENT The BENBR element content is set to the A/C manufacturer's industrial standard, valid for a given aircraft technical definition. 4.3.16.3.15. 'OPERATOR' ELEMENT The OPERATOR element content is set to the full name of the A/C operator.

4.3.16.4. SAMPLES The table below shows an example of the Effectivity Cross Reference Table of a fictitious airline customized fleet.


Page 68

July 2013


It is composed of eight passenger A/C, defined in two separate ranges, according to the engine type. Data Sample Custome r Code

Customer Effectivity Code

Line Number

Model Type

XXX

001

XXX01 0001

380-841

XXX

002

XXX01 0002

XXX

003

XXX

MSN

Aircraft Registratio n Number

Basic Engineerin g Number

Engine Set Number

Operat or

Belongs to range

0021 XXXXXXX

ST1

TRENT97084

XXXX X

001100

380-841

0022 XXXXXXX

ST1

TRENT97084

XXXX X

001100

XXX01 0003

380-841

0025 XXXXXXX

ST1

TRENT97084

XXXX X

001100

004

XXX01 0004

380-841

0026 XXXXXXX

ST1

TRENT97084

XXXX X

001100

XXX

005

XXX01 0005

380-841

0027 XXXXXXX

ST1

TRENT97084

XXXX X

001100

XXX

101

XXX02 0001

380-861

0023 XXXXXXX

ST1

GP7270

XXXX X

101200

XXX

102

XXX02 0002

380-861

0024 XXXXXXX

ST1

GP7270

XXXX X

101200

XXX

103

XXX02 0003

380-861

0028 XXXXXXX

ST1

GP7270

XXXX X

101200

Below is the SGML extract corresponding to such a Cross-Reference Table: EFFECTIVITY CROSS REFERENCE TABLE XXX 380-841 001 XXXXXXX XXX01 0001 001100 0021 TRENT970-84 ST1 XXXXX XXX 380-841 002 XXXXXXX XXX01 0002 001100 0022 TRENT970-84 ST1 XXXXX


Page 69

July 2013


XXX 380-841 003 XXXXXXX XXX01 0003 001100 0025 TRENT970-84 ST1 XXXXX XXX 380-841 004 XXXXXXX XXX01 0004 001100 0026 TRENT970-84 ST1 XXXXX XXX 380-841 005 XXXXXXX XXX01 0005 001100 0027 TRENT970-84 ST1 XXXXX XXX 380-861 101 XXXXXXX XXX02 0001 101200 0023 GP7270 ST1 XXXXX XXX 380-861 102 XXXXXXX XXX02 0001 101200 0024 GP7270 ST1 XXXXX XXX


Page 70

July 2013


380-861 103 XXXXXXX XXX02 0001 101200 0028 GP7270 ST1 XXXXX


Page 71

July 2013


4.3.17. CUS 4.3.17.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION

ELEMENT CONTEXT : CUSTEFF EFFDATA

4.3.17.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CUS element content NAME

CUS

MEANING

Customer Code

TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

The ICAO alphanumeric code identifying the customer airline receiving or transmitting data.

4.3.17.3. INSTANTIATION RULES In the EFFDATA context: The CUS element value is set to the negotiated customer code of the airline. It can be up to 5 characters long.

4.3.17.4. SAMPLES XXX


Page 72

July 2013


4.3.18. INTRO 4.3.18.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION


4.3.18.2. CONTENT DEFINITION INTRO element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

INTRO

Introduction

ELEMENT

Identifies introductory information about the complete document or a major document structure.

CHGDESC

Change Description

ELEMENT


TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


See §4.6.2 page 167

LIST1

List (Nested)

ELEMENT

A series of itemized text

See §4.3.22 page 81


A set of ordered items of level 1. The level number refers to the nesting level of the LIST1 within other lists (logical level of identification). For maintenance documentation, this list structure is optimized for use in Tasks.

See §5.3.4 page 186

INTRO element attributes NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision Attributes

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF


See §5.3.3 page 182


Page 73

July 2013


4.3.18.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.18.3.1. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is set to the “ENINTRO” value. 4.3.18.3.2. 'CHGDESC' ELEMENT Refer to §5.3.4 CHGDESC for instantiation rules. 4.3.18.3.3. 'TITLE' ELEMENT The introduction title is set to the “INTRODUCTION” value.

4.3.18.4. SAMPLES INTRODUCTION ...


Page 74

July 2013


4.3.19. NOTE 4.3.19.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION

ELEMENT CONTEXT : CAUTION EXPRTCL GENINFO NOTE WARNING %WCN

4.3.19.2. CONTENT DEFINITION NOTE element content NAME

NOTE

MEANING

Note

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

ELEMENT

Notes follow the text to which they relate and are located directly under and vertically in line with the text to which they apply.

See §4.3.19 page 75

Used to highlight or emphasize important points when necessary. Notes are explanatory comments. %TEXT

Text

ENTITY

The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document.

4.3.19.3. SAMPLES Several identical components which perform the same function in the same circuit can be differentiated by the suffix number. For mechanical equipment the FIN is similar to electrical FIN except that the second letter of the system/circuit identifier becomes an M (for example GM) For electrical equipment (any component with an electrical connection) the FIN could be for example 1CC1 which is broken down as follows:


Page 75

July 2013


1: Sequence number (4 digits) cc: System circuit letter (2 digits) 1: Suffix (3 digits)


Page 76

July 2013


4.3.20. PARA 4.3.20.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION

ELEMENT CONTEXT : ENTRY EXPRTCL FULLSTMT GENINFO INTRO NUMLITEM PARTSTMT TTLPAGE UNLITEM %TEXT

4.3.20.2. CONTENT DEFINITION PARA element content NAME

PARA

MEANING

Paragraph

TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

A subdivision of text that consists of one or more sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker. Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc.

GRPHCREF

Graphic Reference

ELEMENT

Data relating the current information to information at another location either internal or external to the current source.

See §5.6.1 page 210

Identifies the text describing a reference to a graphic. It is used at the beginning of an anchor when the graphic is applicable to the whole anchor. This tag can also used within the text.


Page 77

July 2013


PARA element content TXTGRPHC

Text Graphic

ELEMENT

A picture, chart or table composed of text. An entire graphic may be composed of several textual lines. Note: A Text Line or Text Graphic will only make sense if the data sender and the data receiver agree on the format of a line.

See §4.3.21 page 79

REFEXT

Reference (External)

ELEMENT

A reference to text or a structure in another manual. Identifies a reference to another manual or document. Contains the 'human readable' text explaining the reference. The attributes give the information necessary to allow the system to resolve the reference.

See §5.5.1 page 208


Page 78

July 2013


4.3.21. TXTGRPHC 4.3.21.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION

ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA

4.3.21.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TXTGRPHC element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

TXTGRPHC

Text Graphic

ELEMENT

A picture, chart or table composed of text. An entire graphic may be composed of several textual lines. Note: A Text Line or Text Graphic will only make sense if the data sender and the data receiver agree on the format of a line.

TXTLINE

Text Line

ELEMENT

Data that i s to be presented as sent (e.g.: flowchart symbols or other primitive graphics). Each Text Line represents only one line of data. The end of each Text Line is equivalent to a carriage return.

REF

4.3.21.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The TXTGRPHC is used to deliver pre-formatted tables and equations. The TXTGRPHC elements contains a list of TXTLINE that shall be published “as delivered” by the publication/consultation programs. Each TXTLINE has a maximum of 80 characters. When TXTGRPHC is used in a PARA , this PARA does not contain any other elements.

4.3.21.4. SAMPLES ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ASM | AWM | AWL | |---------------------------------------------------------------------------| | - Introduction | - Introduction | - Introduction | | - * Standard Practices | - * Standard Practices | - * Standard Practices |


Page 79

July 2013


| - Alphabetical Index | - Alphabetical Index | - Equipment List | | - Numerical Index | - Numerical Index | - Hook-up List | | - Diagrams | - Diagrams | - Master Wire List | | | | - Engine Data | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


Page 80

July 2013


4.3.22. LIST1 4.3.22.1. CHARTS

REPRESENTATION

ELEMENT CONTEXT : INTRO %TEXT


Page 81

July 2013


4.3.22.2. CONTENT DEFINITION LIST1 element content NAME

LIST1

MEANING

List (Nested)

TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

A series of itemized text A set of ordered items of level 1. The level number refers to the nesting level of the LIST1 within other lists (logical level of identification). For maintenance documentation, this list structure is optimized for use in Tasks.

L1ITEM

Item of a Level 1 List

ELEMENT

This tag identifies an item within a list of ordered items of level 1 (LISTx1. For maintenance documentation, this structure is optimized for use in Task structures.

EFFECT

Effectivity

ELEMENT

Indicates t he applicability of i tems, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. page 194 The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text).

L1ITEM element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

L1ITEM


ELEMENT

This tag identifies an item within a list of ordered items of level 1 (LISTx1. For maintenance documentation, this structure is optimized for use in Task structures.

CHGDESC

Change Description

ELEMENT


TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


%TEXT

Text

ENTITY



See §5.3.4 page 186

See §4.6.2 page 167

A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. LIST2

List (Nested)

ELEMENT

A series of itemized text A set of ordered items of level 2. The level number refers to the nesting level of the LIST2 within other lists (logical level of identification). For maintenance documentation, this list structure is optimized for use in Tasks.

%DELETED

Deleted Anchor

ENTITY

An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors.


See §5.3.2 page 180

Page 82

July 2013


L1ITEM element attribute NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision Attributes

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF


See §5.3.3 page 182

LISTX element content (for X, 2 to 7) NAME

LISTX

MEANING

List (Nested)

TYPE

ELEMENT

DEFINITION

REF

A series of itemized text A set of ordered items of level "x". The level number refers to the nesting level of the LISTx within other lists (logical level of identification). For maintenance documentation, this list structure is optimized for use in Tasks.

LXITEM

Item of a Level X List

ELEMENT

This tag identifies an item within a list of ordered items of level "x" (LISTx). For maintenance documentation, this structure is optimized for use in Task structures.

LXITEM element content (for X, 2 to 3) NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

LXITEM


ELEMENT


TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


%TEXT

Text

ENTITY


See §4.6.2 page 167

A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. LISTX+1

List (Nested)

ELEMENT

A series of itemized text A set of ordered items of level "x+1". The level number refers to the nesting level of the LISTx+1 within other lists (logical level of identification). For maintenance documentation, this list structure is optimized for use in Tasks.

%DELETED

Deleted Anchor

ENTITY

An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors.

See §5.3.2 page 180

LXITEM element attribute (for X, 2 to 3) NAME

%REVATT

MEANING

Revision Attributes

TYPE

ENTITY

DEFINITION

REF


See §5.3.3 page 182


Page 83

July 2013


LXITEM element content (for X, 4 to 6) NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

LXITEM


ELEMENT


TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


%TEXT

Text

ENTITY


See §4.6.2 page 167

A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. LISTX+1

List (Nested)

ELEMENT

A series of itemized text A set of ordered items of level "x+1". The level number refers to the nesting level of the LISTx+1 within other lists (logical level of identification). For maintenance documentation, this list structure is optimized for use in Tasks.

LXITEM element attribute (for X, 4 to 6) NAME

ID

MEANING

Identification Number

TYPE

ID

DEFINITION

REF

An alphanumeric string to uniquely identify text or graphical data. Unique number to allow direct SGML cross-referencing to be performed from the REFID attribute.

L7ITEM element content NAME

MEANING

TYPE

DEFINITION

REF

L7ITEM


ELEMENT

Identifies an item within a list of ordered items of level 7 (LIST7). For maintenance documentation, this structure is optimised for use in Task structures.

TITLE

Title

ELEMENT


%TEXT

Text

ENTITY


See §4.6.2 page 167

A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document.

L7ITEM element attribute NAME

ID

MEANING

Identification Number

TYPE

ID

DEFINITION

REF

An alphanumeric string t o uniquely i dentify text or graphical data. Unique number to allow direct SGML cross-referencing to be performed from the REFID attribute.


Page 84

July 2013


4.3.22.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.22.3.1. 'LIST1' ELEMENT The LIST1 element is used for the manual introduction ( INTRO element). 4.3.22.3.2. ‘KEY’ ATTRIBUTE FOR 'L1ITEM', 'L2ITEM' AND 'L3ITEM' ELEMENTS (WITHIN %REVATT ENTITY) 4.3.22.3.2.1. For 'L1ITEM' and 'L2ITEM' elements The KE Y attribute is set to: with: •

equal to the 2-letter LANG attribute value of the WM element,

•

equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute value,

•

equal to the 2-digit SECTNBR attribute value,

•

equal to the 2-digit SUBJNBR attribute value,

•

•

equal to the 2-digit page block number and 1-digit page block configuration equal to a 5-digit sequence number.

Remark: For L1ITEM or L2ITEM elements delivered in the INTRO content, the fields , , and are set to “00”. 4.3.22.3.2.2. For 'L3ITEM' element Two formats for the KE Y attribute are available : - with: • equal to the 2-letter LANG attribute value of the WM element, • equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SECTNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SUBJNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit page block number and 1-digit page block configuration • equal to a 5-digit sequence number, • equal to the 3-digit variant number, • equal to a counter number. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 85 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Remark: For L3ITEM elements delivered in the INTRO content, the fields , , and are set to “00”. or with: • equal to a string of characters without blanks, • equal to a counter number. 4.3.22.4. SAMPLES General Contents The Wiring Diagram Manual (WDM) is subdivided into three manuals: AIRCRAFT SCHEMATIC MANUAL (ASM) ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 86 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.3.23. UNLIST 4.3.23.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : ENTRY EXPRTCL GDESC GENINFO %TEXT 4.3.23.2. CONTENT DEFINITION UNLIST element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION UNLIST Unnumbered List ELEMENT This tag identifies a set of non-ordered items of text. UNLITEM Unnumbered List Item ELEMENT An unnumbered list item within an unnumbered list PARA Paragraph ELEMENT A subdivision of text that consists of one or more sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker. REF See §4.3.20 page 77 Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc. UNLIST element attributes NAME BULLTYPE MEANING Bullet Type TYPE DEFINITION NONE | BULLET | NDASH | MDASH | DIAMOND | ASTERISK | DELTA | SQUARE | SYSTEM An attribute of the un-numbered list that indicates the type of dingbat (symbol) to be used to 'bullet' the list items. The default value allows the receiving system to assign the dingbat. See the ATA-TEXT-TECHREQ for defined dingbat types. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide REF Page 87 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.3.23.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.23.3.1. ‘BULLTYPE’ ATTRIBUTE The BULLTYPE attribute is systematically delivered in UNLIST element with a value set to “BULLET ”. 4.3.23.4. SAMPLES AIRCRAFT SCHEMATIC MANUAL (ASM) AIRCRAFT WIRING MANUAL (AWM) AIRCRAFT WIRING LIST (AWL) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 88 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.3.24. TABLE 4.3.24.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : %TEXT A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 89 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.3.24.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TABLE element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION TABLE Table ELEMENT This tag identifies a structured table composed (ultimately) of ENTRYs. The table used in this DTD is a subset (with the exception of the ENTRY contents) of the CALS Table. For those tables which are too complex to be represented in the CALS table structure, or when the table is only available in illustration form, the contents of the table can be replaced with a single graphic TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) TGROUP Table Group ELEMENT Identifies a grouping of elements (Table Group) which form a single logical table within a TABLE element. GRAPHIC A collection of Illustrations. ELEMENT A place holder for a set of graphic images (normally in the form of Sheet elements). REF See §4.6.2 page 167 See §5.6.2 page 212 TGROUP element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF TGROUP Table Group ELEMENT Identifies a grouping of elements (Table Group) which form a single logical table within a TABLE element. SPANSPEC Span Specification ELEMENT This tag is a placeholder element for attributes to specify the intended presentation of a row. COLSPEC Column Specification ELEMENT This tag is a place holder element for attributes to specify See §4.3.25 the intended presentation of a column. page 94 THEAD Table Header ELEMENT Identifies t he header i nformation i n a Table Body Section. TBODY Table Body ELEMENT Identifies the body (Table Body) of the information in a table group. TGROUP element attribute NAME COLS MEANING Columns TYPE NUMBER DEFINITION REF The number of columns that are defined for that table (see the colspec element). NOTE: because of the spanning capabilities of columns this value may not be that same as the apparent maximum number of columns in any single row. SPANSPEC element content NAME MEANING SPANSPEC Span Specification NAME MEANING TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF This tag is a placeholder element for attributes to specify the intended presentation of a row. SPANSPEC element attribute NAMEST Name Start TYPE DEFINITION NMTOKEN Defines the name of the column as defined with colname, at which a spanspec definition or entry is to begin. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide REF Page 90 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual SPANSPEC element attribute NAMEEND Name End NMTOKEN Defines the name of the column as defined with colname, at which a spanspec definition or entry is to stop. SPANNAME Span Name NMTOKEN Allows a specific span definition to be named. This name may then be called in by the entry element to further define the appearance of the table. THEAD element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION THEAD Table Header ELEMENT Identifies t he header i nformation i n a Table Body Section. ROW Row ELEMENT Used to define a set of cells (entry elements) which together form a single logical line in the table. A logical line may span more than one physical line depending on the contents of each cell and the defined size of the cells in the row. REF See §4.3.26 page 96 TBODY element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION TBODY Table Body ELEMENT Identifies the body (Table Body) of the information in a table group. ROW Row ELEMENT Used to define a set of cells (entry elements) which together form a single logical line in the table. A logical line may span more than one physical line depending on the contents of each cell and the defined size of the cells in the row. REF See §4.3.26 page 96 4.3.24.3. INSTANTIATION RULES Preliminary remark: Some attributes of the TABLE structure that are declared with a default value in the DTD are indicated as unused in the TABLE element charts. Nevertheless, they may be delivered in the SGML file, in this case their value is restricted to the default value declared in the DTD. 4.3.24.3.1. GENERAL TABLE STRUCTURE The CALS like table (TABLE element) delivered in the manual are broken down into three parts (embedded in a TGROUP element) : • The column declaration (list of COLSPEC and SPANSPEC elements) • The table header (THEAD element) • The table body ( TBODY element) 4.3.24.3.2. 'COLSPEC' ELEMENT A COLSPEC element is delivered to describe each column of the table. A COLSPEC element systematically contains a COLNAME attribute and a COLWIDTH attribute. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 91 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual The COLNAME attribute identifies the column by associating a name to the column. The column name enables the definition of spanning rules defined in the SPANSPEC element. The COLWIDTH attribute indicates the column width, it is given in proportional units (using the “*” character). 4.3.24.3.3. 'SPANSPEC' ELEMENT A SPANSPEC element identifies a spanning rule of columns that can be referenced in table cells (ENTRY elements). The NAMEST and NAMEEND attributes identify the name of the starting and ending column to be spanned. The SPANNAME attribute is the name that can subsequently be referenced in the cells (ENTRY elements) that have to be merged according to the spanning rule. 4.3.24.3.4. 'THEAD' ELEMENT The THEAD element is systematically delivered in the TGROUP element to describe the table header. The THEAD element contains at least one ROW element. 4.3.24.3.5. 'TBODY' ELEMENT The TBODY element is systematically delivered in the TGROUP element to describe the table body. The Table body contains at least one ROW element. 4.3.24.3.6. 'EFFECT' IN 'TABLE' STRUCTURE The EFFECT element in the TABLE structure may be delivered to indicate that some rows constituting the table have a restricted effectivity. In this case the EFFECT element is delivered as first child of the ROW elements. 4.3.24.4. SAMPLES REFERENCE DESIGNATION 24-71-00-860-801-A A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 92 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Get Access to the Power Distribution Control management pages and to the Mechanical Circuit Breakers 28-21-49-000-801-A Removal of the Fuel Pump Fairings Fuel Pump Element - Location and Detail A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 93 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 4.3.25. 4.3.25. COLSPEC COLSPEC 4.3.25 4.3.25.1. .1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : TFOOT TGROUP THEAD 4.3.25 4.3.25.2. .2. CONTENT DEFINITION COLSPEC element content NAME COLSPEC MEANING Column Specification TYPE ELEMEN ELEMENT T DEFINITION REF This This tag tag is a place place hold holder er elem elemen entt for attr attribu ibutes tes to to spec specify ify the intended presentation of a column. COLSPEC element attributes NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION COLNAME Colum lumn Name NMTOK TOKEN Allo llows a sp specif cific colu colum mn de defini initio tion to to be be na named. ed. Thi Thiss name name is then then used used by the NAMES NAMEST T and NAMEND NAMEND attributes to further define the appearance of the table. COLWIDTH Column Width CDATA Gives the the int intended wid width of the the col column in ter terms of column units (see COLS attribute). REF 4.3.25 4.3.25.3. .3. INSTANTIATION RULES A COLSPEC elemen elementt is delivered delivered to describ describee each colum column n of the table. table. A COLSPEC element systematically contains a COLNAME attribute attribute and a COLWIDTH attribute. attribute. The COLNAME attribute attribute corresponds corresponds to the column name. The column name is used to define spanning rules using the SPANSPEC element element or to precise the column a cell (ENTRY element) belongs to. The COLWIDTH attribute attribute indicates the column width, it is given in proportional units (using the “*” character). 4.3.25 4.3.25.4. .4. SAMPLES COLWIDTH="26*"/> COLWIDTH="53*"/> A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 94 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual VALIGN="BOTT OM"> ... ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 95 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 4.3.26. 4.3.26. ROW 4.3.26 4.3.26.1. .1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : TBODY TFOOT THEAD 4.3.26 4.3.26.2. .2. CONTENT DEFINITION ROW element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION ROW Row ELEMENT Used to define a set of cells (entry elements) which together form a single logical line in the table. A logical line may span more than one physical line depending on the contents of each cell and the defined size of the cells in the row. ENTRY Entry ELEMENT The basic component of a cellular table (TABLE). Each ENTRY appears in one of the rows (ROW) of the table. An ENTRY ENTRY is a logica logicall eleme element nt which which can can conta contain in several several lines (presentatio (presentation n is not forced in the SGML text). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide REF Page 96 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual ENTRY element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION ENTRY Entry ELEMENT The basic component of a cellular table (TABLE). Each ENTRY appears in one of the rows (ROW) of the table. An ENTRY ENTRY is a logica logicall eleme element nt which which can can conta contain in several several lines (presentatio (presentation n is not forced in the SGML text). PARA Paragraph ELEMENT A su subdivision of of te text th that co consists of of on one or or mo more sentences, sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker. REF See §4.3.20 page 77 Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating creating instances. instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc. UNLIST Unnumbered List ELEMENT This tag identifies a set of non-or -ordered items of text. See §4.3.23 page 87 GRAPHIC A collection of Illustrations. ELEMEN ELEMENT T A place place holde holderr for for a set set of grap graphic hic imag images es (no (norm rmall ally y in the form of Sheet elements). See §5.6.2 page 212 ENTRY element attribute NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION COLNAME Colum lumn Name NMTOK TOKEN Allo llows a sp specif cific colu colum mn de defini initio tion to to be be na named. ed. Thi Thiss name name is then then used used by the NAMES NAMEST T and NAMEND NAMEND attributes to further define the appearance of the table. NAMEST Name Start Start NMTOKEN Defines the the name of the the column as as defined with with colname, colname, at which a spanspec definition or entry is to begin. NAMEEND Name End End NMTOKEN Defines the the name of the column as as defined with with colname, colname, at which a spanspec definition or entry is to stop. SPAN SPANN NAME AME Span Span Name NMTO NMTOK KEN Allo llows a spe specifi cificc spa span defin efinit itio ion n to be named. This This nam name may then be called in by the entry element to further define the appearance of the table. MOREROWS More Rows NUMBER Number of additional rows in a vertical straddle. VALIGN Valign top | middle | bottom REF Text vertical positioning within the entries. Permitted Values: Bott Bottom om Alig Align n bott bottom om ALIGN Alignment left | right | center | justify | char Middle Middle Align Align middle( middle(ver vertical tically ly centered centered)) Top Align top (D (Default) Indica Indicates tes the inten intended ded 'text 'text justif justifica icatio tion' n' of all the the contents of an element. 4.3.26 4.3.26.3. .3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.26 4.3.26.3. .3.1. 1. 'ROW' 'ROW' ELE ELEMEN MENT T A ROW element element describes the cells that constitute a table line. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 97 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual A ROW element element contains at least one ENTRY element. element. A ROW element element cannot contain more ENTRY elements than the number elements number of column specified in the COLS attribute of the TGROUP element. element. Remark: A table row may contain less ENTRY elements than table columns either because some cells are spanned or because some empty cells are not delivered. An EFFECT element element may be delivered as first child of the ROW element element to indicate the effectivity applicable to the whole table line. 4.3.26 4.3.26.3. .3.2. 2. 'ENTRY 'ENTRY'' ELEMENT ELEMENT 4.3.26 4.3.26.3. .3.2.1 2.1.. Basic Basic case case In the basic case, a table line (ROW element) element) contains as many cells (ENTRY elements) elements) as table columns: an ENTRY element is delivered for each column of the table. The name of element the column containing each cell may be associated with the cells ( ENTRY element) by sett settin ing g the the COLNAME attr attrib ibut utee to the same same valu valuee as the COLNAME attribu attribute te of the corresponding COLSPEC element. element. Remark: The COLNAME attribute is not mandatory to identify the column that contains a specific ENTRY element. If the COLMNAME attribute is not delivered in the ENTRY element, the column to which the cell c ell belongs to can be deduced from the order of the ENTRY elements in the ROW element. For instance the third ENTRY element of a ROW implicitly belongs to the third column of the table. 4.3.26 4.3.26.3. .3.2.2 2.2.. Column Column spanni spanning ng If a cell is straddl straddling ing on several several column columns, s, this this cell cell is delive delivered red as an ENTRY element containing a SPANNAME attribute attribute referencing the accurate spanning rule (the SPANNAME attribute is set to the value of the SPANNAME attribute attribute of the SPANSPEC element element defining the the span spanni ning ng rule rule). ). The The COLNAME attrib attribut utee is not not assoc associat iated ed with an ENTRY element straddling on several columns. 4.3.26 4.3.26.3. .3.2.3 2.3.. Line Line spanni spanning ng In the case a cell is straddling on several lines (ROW elements), this cell (ENTRY element) is delivered in the first ROW with with an attribute MOREROWS set set to the “number of straddling rows -1”. The ENTRY corresponding to the cell straddling the rows (ENTRY corresponding with with the same COLNAME attribute) attribute) is not delivered in the following rows. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 98 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 4.3.26 4.3.26.4. .4. SAMPLES 4.3.26.4 4.3.26.4.1. .1. CELL STRADDLI STRADDLING NG ON TWO TWO COLUMNS COLUMNS H eader 1 Cell 1 H eader 2 H eader 3 Cell 2 COLWIDTH="33* "> COLWIDTH="33* "> COLWIDTH="33* "> SPANNAME="C OL23"> ... COLNAME="COL 1"> Cell 1 SPANNAME="COL 23"> Cell 2 4.3.26.4 4.3.26.4.2. .2. CELL STRADDL STRADDLING ING ON TWO TWO LINES LINES H eader 1 Cell 1 H eader 2 H eader 3 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 4 Cell 5 COLWIDTH="33 *"> COLWIDTH="33 *"> COLWIDTH="33 *"> ... COLNAME="1"> Cell 1 COLNAME="2"> Cell 2 COLNAME="3"> Cell 3 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 99 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Cell 4 Cell 5 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 100 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.3.27. GLOSSARY 4.3.27.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV MFMATR TR 4.3.27.2. CONTENT DEFINITION GLOSSARY element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF GLOSSARY Glossary ELEMENT Identifies the glossary information of a document. TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) %TEXT Text ENTITY The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 See §4.6.2 page 167 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. GLOSSARY element attributes NAME %REVATT MEANING Revision Attributes TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 4.3.27.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.3.27.3.1. 'CHG' AND 'REVDATE' ATTRIBUTES (IN %REVATT ENTITY) Refer to §5.3.3 %REVATT for instantiation rules. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 101 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.3.27.3.2. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE The KE Y attribute is set to with: • equal to the 2-digit LANG attribute value of the WM element, • equal to 'GLOSSARY' value. 4.3.27.3.3. 'GLOSSARY' ELEMENT The “Glossary” part is available in the AMM. The GLOSSARY element contains a link to this AMM “Glossary” part (GLOSSARY element from M F M A T R ) . This link is made by a REFEXT element, whose target manual is the AMM (REFMAN attribute) and the precise target location is the GLOSSARY element (REFLOC attribute). The GLOSSARY element description is provided in the AMM User Guide. 4.3.27.4. SAMPLES LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS Refer to AMM Glossary A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 102 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 4.4. ASM/AWM BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE 4.4.1. 4.4.1. CHAPTER CHAPTER 4.4.1. 4.4.1.1. 1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV : INCREV TR WM 4.4.1. 4.4.1.2. 2. CONTENT DEFINITION CHAPTER element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF CHAPTER Chapter ELEMENT A ma major di d ivision of of a do d ocument. Fo F or ma maintenance oriented documents this will normally be based on the ATA numbering system. Other documents will use the system defined by their applicable standards or the data creator will define the divisions where no such standards exist. EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates t he he ap a pplicability of o f i te tems, ma m aterials an a nd/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. page 194 The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines engines or compone components nts for which an anchor anchor or other other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualifie qualified d with Custome Customerr Originate Originated d Change, Change, Service Service Bulle Bulleti tin n and/ and/or or Flig Flight ht Crew Crew Oper Operat atio ions ns Manu Manual al effectivities. effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent parent elements elements'' effectiv effectivity. ity. The element element must must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it appli applies. es. The effecti effectivit vity y can either either be given given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). CHGDESC TITLE Change Description ELEM ELEMEN ENT T Title ELEMENT Give Givess the the reas reason on for for a revi revisi sion on.. Normally Normally each change change will also be bounded bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which which will further further define the scope of the change. A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide See §5.3.4 page 186 See §4.6.2 page 167 Page 103 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual CHAPTER element content SECTION Section ELEMENT A section within an ATA allocated Chapter. For nonATA documents, the section is a set of data units which are related and stored together. See §4.4.2 page 106 %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTIT TITY An ind indicat icato or tha that dat data has has bee been rem removed. This This en entity tity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 CHAPTER element attributes NAME MEANING CHAPNBR Chapter Number TYPE NUMBER DEFINITION REF A number that links the aircraft system to a place in a document. Ident Identifi ificat cation ion numbe numberr of a chapt chapter. er. For docu docume ments nts defined in ATA iSpec 2200 this is a 2 or 3 digit number. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a chapter will be identified with the number of its parent chapter. %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY TITY The group oup of attr ttribu ibutes tes neede eded for sendi endin ng revi evision ion information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual manual with revisions. The revision revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 4.4.1. 4.4.1.3. 3. INSTANTIATION RULES Note: The CHAPTER element is only delivered in the ASM and AWM, it is not delivered in the AWL. 4.4.1. 4.4.1.3.1 3.1.. 'TITL 'TITLE' E' ELEMEN ELEMENT T The T I T L E element element content corresponds to the title given in the ATA breakdown. 4.4.1 4.4.1.3. .3.2. 2. 'EFFEC 'EFFECT' T' ELEMEN ELEMENT T The EFFECT element element is systematically delivered in the CHAPTER element. element. 4.4.1.3.3. 4.4.1.3.3. 'CHG' AND AND 'REVDATE' 'REVDATE' ATTRIBUTES ATTRIBUTES (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) Refer to §5.3.3 §5.3.3 %REVATT for %REVATT for instantiation rules. 4.4.1.3. 4.4.1.3.4. 4. 'KEY' 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN (WITHIN '%REVATT '%REVATT'' ENTITY) ENTITY) The KE Y attribute attribute is set to: with: • equal to the 2-letter LANG attribute attribute value of the WM element, • equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute attribute value. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 104 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 4.4.1.3. 4.4.1.3.5. 5. 'CHAPNBR 'CHAPNBR'' ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUTE E A two-digit value identifying the chapter number as defined in ATA iSpec 2200. 4.4.1. 4.4.1.4. 4. S AMPLES The SGML delivery of ATA 21 chapter is listed lis ted below: EFFRG="00199 9"> AIR CONDITIONING CONDITIONING< /TITLE> ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 105 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 4.4.2. 4.4.2. SECTION SECTION 4.4.2. 4.4.2.1. 1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CHAPTER INCREV CHAPTER INCREV TR 4.4.2. 4.4.2.2. 2. CONTENT DEFINITION SECTION element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF SECTION Section ELEMENT A section within an ATA allocated Chapter. For nonATA documents, the section is a set of data units which are related and stored together. EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates t he he ap a pplicability of o f i te tems, ma m aterials an a nd/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. page 194 The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines engines or compone components nts for which an anchor anchor or other other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualifie qualified d with Custome Customerr Originate Originated d Change, Change, Service Service Bulle Bulleti tin n and/ and/or or Flig Flight ht Crew Crew Oper Operat atio ions ns Manu Manual al effectivities. effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent parent elements elements'' effectiv effectivity. ity. The element element must must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it appli applies. es. The effecti effectivit vity y can either either be given given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). CHGDESC Change Description ELEM ELEMEN ENT T Give Givess the the reas reason on for for a revi revisi sion on.. TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 SUBJECT Subject ELEMENT The un unit or or su sub-subsystem of of a ma manual or or do document where Chapter is the system, Section is the subsystem and Subject is the sub-subsystem. See §4.4.3 page 109 Normally Normally each change change will also be bounded bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which which will further further define the scope of the change. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide See §5.3.4 page 186 Page 106 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual SECTION element content %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTIT TITY An ind indicat icato or tha that dat data has has bee been rem removed. This This en entity tity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 SECTION element attributes NAME MEANING CHAPNBR Chapter Number TYPE ELEM ELEMEN ENT T DEFINITION REF A numb number er that that link linkss the air aircr craf aftt syste system m to a plac placee in a document. Ident Identifi ificat cation ion numbe numberr of a chapt chapter. er. For docu docume ments nts defined in ATA iSpec 2200 this is a 2 or 3 digit number. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a chapter will be identified with the number of its parent chapter. SECTNBR Section Number NUMBER Identification number of a section. For documents documents defined by ATA maintenance specifications this is a 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a section will be identified with the number of its parent section. %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY TITY The group oup of attr ttribu ibutes tes neede eded for sendi endin ng revi evision ion information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual manual with revisions. The revision revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 4.4.2. 4.4.2.3. 3. INSTANTIATION RULES Note: The SECTION element is only delivered in the ASM and AWM, it is not delivered in the AWL. 4.4.2. 4.4.2.3.1 3.1.. 'TITL 'TITLE' E' ELEMEN ELEMENT T The T I T L E element element content corresponds to the title given in the ATA breakdown. 4.4.2 4.4.2.3. .3.2. 2. 'EFFEC 'EFFECT' T' ELEMEN ELEMENT T The EFFECT element element is systematically delivered in the SECTION element. element. 4.4.2.3.3. 4.4.2.3.3. 'CHG' AND AND 'REVDATE' 'REVDATE' ATTRIBUTES ATTRIBUTES (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) Refer to §5.3.3 §5.3.3 %REVATT for %REVATT for instantiation rules. 4.4.2.3. 4.4.2.3.4. 4. 'KEY' 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN (WITHIN '%REVATT '%REVATT'' ENTITY) ENTITY) The KE Y attribute attribute is set to: with: • equal to the 2-letter LANG attribute value of the WM element, A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 107 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual • equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SECTNBR attribute attribute value. 4.4.2.3. 4.4.2.3.5. 5. 'CHAPNBR 'CHAPNBR'' ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUTE E A two-digit value identifying the ancestor chapter number. The CHAPNBR attribute attribute value is inherited from the CHAPNBR attribute attribute of the ancestor CHAPTER element. 4.4.2.3. 4.4.2.3.6. 6. 'SECTNBR 'SECTNBR'' ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUTE E A two-digit value identifying the section number as defined in ATA iSpec 2200. 4.4.2. 4.4.2.4. 4. S AMPLES The SGML delivery of ATA 21-23 section is listed below: EFFRG="00199 9"> COMPARTMENT <TITLE>COMPAR TMENT AIR EXTRACTION, CONTROL AND MONITORING MONITORING ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 108 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.4.3. SUBJECT 4.4.3.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV SECTION TR 4.4.3.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SUBJECT element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF SUBJECT Subject ELEMENT The unit or sub-subsystem of a manual or document where Chapter is the system, Section is the subsystem and Subject is the sub-subsystem. EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates t he applicability of i tems, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. page 194 The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. GRAPHIC A collection of Illustrations. ELEMENT A place holder for a set of graphic images (normally in the form of Sheet elements). See §5.6.2 page 212 %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §5.3.4 page 186 Page 109 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual SUBJECT element attributes NAME CHAPPREF MEANING Chapter Prefix TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A unique identifier for chapters with multiple engine types. This identifier is used with the AMTOSS numbering scheme. Used to distinguish between multiple engine chapters within an SGML Instance. An example would be a SGML Instance with 2 Chapter 71; one for Rolls Royce Engines and one for G.E. engines. At the chapter level it is still expected that the effectivity would call out the appropriate engine types (i.e. Rolls Royce, GE, P&W, etc). CHAPNBR Chapter Number ELEMENT A number that links the aircraft system to a place in a document. Identification number of a chapter. For documents defined in ATA iSpec 2200 this is a 2 or 3 digit number. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a chapter will be identified with the number of its parent chapter. SECTNBR Section Number ELEMENT Identification number of a section. For documents defined by ATA maintenance specifications this is a 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a section will be identified with the number of its parent section. SUBJNBR Subject Number ELEMENT Identification number of a Subject, Unit, or SubSubsystem. A 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA iSpec 2200. SUBJECT: gives the number associated with the SUBJECT to which this attribute applies. All others: gives the number of the parent SUBJECT which contains the element to which this attribute applies. Also forms the third element of the AMTOSS/JEMTOSS number where applicable. %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 4.4.3.3. INSTANTIATION RULES A subject groups diagrams (wiring diagram or schematic diagram) related to a specific sub-system configuration. Several variants of a subject (same SUBJNBR attribute value) may be delivered for different sub-system configurations. In this case the key uniqueness is guaranteed by a configuration letter appended to the KE Y attribute value. Note: The SUBJECT element is only delivered in the ASM and AWM, it is not delivered in the AWL. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 110 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.4.3.3.1. 'EFFECT' ELEMENT The EFFECT element is systematically delivered in the SUBJECT element. 4.4.3.3.2. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is set to: with: • equal to the 2-letter LANG attribute value of the WM element, • equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SECTNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SUBJNBR attribute value, • this field identifies the diagram type. The possible type values depend on the manual: • • • ASM subject: • “B”: Block diagram, • “S”: Schematic diagram, • “D”: Duplicated diagram, • “F”: Functional diagram AWM subject: • “C”: Combined diagram, • “D”: Duplicated diagram, • “W”: Wiring diagram is a letter that identifies the subject configuration (the first variant is identified with '0') 4.4.3.3.3. 'CHAPNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit value identifying the ancestor chapter number. The CHAPNBR attribute value is inherited from the CHAPNBR attribute of the ancestor CHAPTER element. 4.4.3.3.4. 'SECTNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit value identifying the ancestor section number. The SECTNBR attribute value is inherited from the SECTNBR attribute of the ancestor SECTION element. 4.4.3.3.5. 'CHAPPREF' ATTRIBUTE This attribute is delivered for all SUBJECT elements constituting the breakdown of engine chapters (CHAPNBR attribute set between “70” and “80”). The CHAPPREF attribute may also be delivered outside engine chapters for SUBJECT dealing with engine data. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 111 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual The CHAPPREF value is constituted of a set of engine models separated by blank characters (' '). 4.4.3.3.6. 'SUBJNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit value identifying the subject number. 4.4.3.3.7. SAMPLES • The AWM SGML delivery of engine subject '71-51-01 'is listed below: POWER PLANT ELECTRICAL HARNESS - LP COMPRESSOR CASE ... ... ... • The ASM SGML delivery of subject '21-23-01' is listed bel ow: AIR CONDITIONING COMPARTMENT AIR EXTRACTION, CONTROL AND MONITORING ... ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 112 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5. AWL BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE 4.5.1. WMLIST 4.5.1.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WM 4.5.1.2. CONTENT DEFINITION WMLIST element content NAME MEANING WMLIST Wiring Manual EQIPLIST EXTWLIST List TYPE DEFINITION REF ELEMENT A collection of Equipment, Wire and Conduit data. Equipment List ELEMENT The database-like table that defines all elements pertaining to the electrical/electronic equipment in the aircraft. See §4.5.2 page 114 Extended Wire List ELEMENT The database-like table that defines all elements pertaining to the wires in the aircraft. See §4.5.9 page 129 4.5.1.3. INSTANTIATION RULE The WMLIST element is only delivered in the AWL, it is not delivered in the ASM and AWM. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 113 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.2. EQIPLIST 4.5.2.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV WMLIST 4.5.2.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EQIPLIST element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF EQIPLIST Equipment List ELEMENT The database-like table that defines all elements pertaining to the electrical/electronic equipment in the aircraft. TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 EQROW Equipment Row ELEMENT Identifies a set of elements which together define all aspects of an equipment item. See §4.5.3 page 116 EQIPLIST element attributes NAME %REVATT MEANING Revision Attributes TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 4.5.2.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.2.3.1. 'TITLE' ELEMENT The T I T L E element content is set to ‘EQUIPMENT LIST'. 4.5.2.3.2. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is set to ‘ENEQIPLIST’. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 114 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.2.4. S AMPLES EQUIPMENT LIST ... ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 115 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.3. EQROW 4.5.3.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQIPLIST INCREV TR 4.5.3.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EQROW element content NAME EQROW MEANING Equipment Row TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Identifies a set of elements which together define all aspects of an equipment item. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 116 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual EQROW element content EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates t he a pplicability of i tems, materials a nd/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. page 194 The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). %EIN Equipment Identification Number ENTITY A choice between EIN and EINMFR. Used at each place an equipment identifier is needed. PNR Part Number ELEMENT The manufacturer's, supplier's or industry standard See §4.5.30 identity for the subject part, assembly, kit or material page 165 item. Part Number, when linked with its Manufacturer Code, provides a unique identity for the given item. ETYPE Component Electrical Type ELEMENT The electrical component. PARTDESC Part Description ELEMENT The textual description or functional name given to an equipment item. MFR Manufacturer Code ELEMENT A five digit code assigned to identify the manufacturer of See §4.6.1 the part, normally the Commercial And Government page 166 Entity (CAGE) code. Can be a local code. LOCATION Location ELEMENT The physical position of a part in the airplane described by Station, Water and Buttock lines, or by Zone. MATEWITH Mate With ELEMENT Identifies equipment that can b e mated with other See §4.5.7 equipment. page 126 function or type of See §4.5.26 page 157 an electrical See §4.5.5 page 123 Used in the Wiring Manual Equipment List to indicate equipment that can be mated with other equipment. MATEWMFR Vendor Mate With ELEMENT Identifies equipment that can be mated with other See §4.5.8 equipment. page 127 Mate With Vendor - Used in the Wiring Manual Equipment List to indicate vendor equipment that can be mated with other equipment. HDIAGNBR Home Diagram Number ELEMENT The ATA number of the primary diagram or schematic where a component is illustrated. TQA Total Quantity per Aircraft/Engin e ELEMENT Specifies the total number of units of the subject part (in implied units of each) used in the complete assembly of one aircraft or engine. OPTCODE Option Code ELEMENT The code used to identify the preferred part to be used or its order of use. PAN Panel Number ELEMENT A unique identifier for a specific panel(access Panel, access door or electrical panel). MAXPOS Maximum Positions ELEMENT The maximum number of positions on a disconnect bracket. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §4.5.28 page 163 See §4.5.29 page 164 Page 117 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual EQROW element content %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 EQROW element attributes NAME CHAPPREF MEANING TYPE Chapter Prefix ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A unique identifier for chapters with multiple engine types. This identifier is used with the AMTOSS numbering scheme. Used to distinguish between multiple engine chapters within an SGML Instance. An example would be a SGML Instance with 2 Chapter 71; one for Rolls Royce Engines and one for G.E. engines. At the chapter level it is still expected that the effectivity would call out the appropriate engine types (i.e. Rolls Royce, GE, P&W, etc). %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 4.5.3.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.3.3.1. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is a sequence of 32 characters maximum. 4.5.3.3.2. 'CHAPPREF' ATTRIBUTE The CHAPPREF attribute is delivered for all EQROW describing an equipment that is part of an engine. CHAPPREF value is constituted of a set of engine models separated by blank characters (' '). 4.5.3.3.3. '%EIN' ENTITY The equipment identification number is delivered either using an EI N element if the equipment is an AIRBUS equipment or using an E I N M F R element in case of vendor equipment. 4.5.3.3.4. 'ETYPE' ELEMENT The ETYPE element is delivered for vendor sub assemblies only (identified using EQROW/EINMFR but no OPTCODE ). The ETYPE element is not delivered for Airbus components (identified using EQROW/EIN ). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 118 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.3.3.5. 'MFR' ELEMENT The M F R element contains the cage code of the equipment vendor (i.e.: the data responsible). Remark: In the particular case of an aircraft assembly description in the equipment list (EQROW) the MFR element is set to “NP” for “Not procurable”. 4.5.3.3.6. 'MATEWITH' AND 'MATEWMFR' ELEMENTS 0 to N MATEWITH or MATEWMFR elements may be delivered in an EQROW element to indicate that the equipment/connector described in the EQROW is directly connected to other equipments/connectors. 4.5.3.3.7. 'HDIAGNBR' ELEMENT The HDIAGNBR contains a reference to a schematic diagram in the ASM. The HDIAGNBR element is systematically delivered for equipment and standard items except for the fictitious components (plug, etc.). 4.5.3.3.8. 'TQA' ELEMENT The TQA element contains a four-digit value. It is systematically delivered with a value superior or equal to '0001'. 4.5.3.3.9. 'OPTCODE' ELEMENT The OPTCODE element (in EQROW ) may be delivered to indicate whether the EQROW describes a slave vendor assembly or a master vendor assembly: • • 1 : identify a master vendor assembly. The master assembly gives information related to the vendor assembly electrical logic independently of the assembly installation. 2: identifiy a slave vendor assembly. A slave assembly gives information related to the assembly installation. The OPTCODE element is not delivered in others cases (Classical Vendor assembly, vendor sub assembly, Airbus components) Remark: A slave vendor assembly always refers to a master assembly (PNRNHA is set to the FIN of the Master). A vendor sub-assembly never refers to a master assembly but to a slave assembly or vendor assembly. 4.5.3.3.10. 'PAN' ELEMENT The PAN element is delivered only if the equipment is installed on electrical panel . A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 119 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.3.3.11. 'MAXPOS' ELEMENT The MAXPOS element is only delivered for Ground Terminal Blocks. When delivered, the MAXPOS value is set to '12' and defines the maximum number of connections. 4.5.3.4. S AMPLES • EQROW corresponding to an Airbus FIN 3-CB C16455AA01 C9072 210 SSM 228503 0001 1400VU • EQROW corresponding to a Master Vendor assembly (see section 4.5.26 %EIN for vendor assembly rules) 8000-RH 8000-RH PA PSU type A NP SSM 44-12-15 1 • EQROW corresponding to a slave vendor assembly of master assembly with FIN 8000- RH 8000-RH-1 8000-RH A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 120 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual PNA PSU type A 12345 200 SSM 44-12-15 2 • EQROW corresponding to a vendor sub assembly of slave assembly with FIN 8000-RH-1 8000-RH-2 8000-RH-1 C16455AA01 PA PSU type A 2AB12 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 121 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.4. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 122 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.5. LOCATION 4.5.5.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 4.5.5.2. CONTENT DEFINITION LOCATION element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION LOCATION Location ELEMENT The physical position of a part in the airplane described by Station, Water and Buttock lines, or by Zone. STNNBR Station Number ELEMENT A number which expresses the horizontal distance of a point from a defined vertical plane at the front of the aircraft. Also defined as edge views of the vertical reference planes. WL Waterline ELEMENT A number which expresses the vertical distance of a point from a defined horizontal plane within the aircraft. Also defined as edge views of the longitudinal horizontal reference planes. BL Buttock Line Number ELEMENT A number which expresses the lateral distance of a point from the center-line of the aircraft. Also defined as edge views of the longtitudinal vertical reference planes. ZONE ZONE ELEMENT A specific area of the engine or aircraft to facilitate location of work areas and components, and as a common basis for Maintenance Tasks. REF See §4.5.6 page 125 4.5.5.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The equipment location is described by four fields : • the station number in centimeter ( STNNBR element), • the waterline centimeter (WL element), • the buttock line number centimeter ( BL element), • and the zone (ZONE element). 4.5.5.3.1. A320 FAMILY, A330/A340 A/C PROGRAMS SPECIFICITIES The STNNBR , WL and BL elements are not delivered for these A/C. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 123 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual The ZONE element is systematically delivered even if empty. 4.5.5.3.2. A380 A/C PROGRAM SPECIFICITIES The STNNBR , WL and BL elements are only delivered if not empty. The ZONE element is systematically delivered even if empty. The BL and WL values are delivered with the following rules: • if value>0, a '+' sign is delivered before the value, • if value<0, a '-' sign is delivered before the value, • if value=0, no sign is delivered. 4.5.5.4. S AMPLES +143 121 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 124 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.6. ZONE 4.5.6.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CONDROW LOCATION PARA 4.5.6.2. CONTENT DEFINITION ZONE element content NAME ZONE MEANING ZONE TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A specific area of the engine or aircraft to facilitate location of work areas and components, and as a common basis for Maintenance Tasks. 4.5.6.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The ZONE number is constituted of three numerical digits: • the hundred identifies the Major zone (always different from 0), • the tenth identifies the Major Sub zone (0 in case of Major Zone), • the unit identifies the Specific zone (0 in case of Major zone or Major sub zone). This element is systematically delivered. Remark: In particular cases, the content of ZONE element may be empty. 4.5.6.4. S AMPLES 123 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 125 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.7. MATEWITH 4.5.7.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 4.5.7.2. CONTENT DEFINITION MATEWITH element content NAME MATEWITH MEANING Mate With TYPE DEFINITION ELEMENT Identifies equipment that can be mated with other equipment. REF Used in the Wiring Manual Equipment List to indicate equipment that can be mated with other equipment. 4.5.7.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The MATEWITH element is used for Airbus equipments/connectors. Its value is set to the connected vendor equipment/connector FIN identifier. The MATEWITH content follows the same syntactic rules as the ones used for the EQROW /EI N element (refer to §4.5.27 EIN for instantiation rules.) 4.5.7.4. S AMPLES J1_A 800-RH-2 EN2997S61006MN CONNECTOR 3A43R 750 1001-VT-006 0001 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 126 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.8. MATEWMFR 4.5.8.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 4.5.8.2. CONTENT DEFINITION MATEWITH element content NAME MATEWMFR MEANING Vendor Mate With TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Identifies equipment that can be mated with other equipment. Mate With Vendor - Used in the Wiring Manual Equipment List to indicate vendor equipment that can be mated with other equipment. EIN Equipment Identification Number ELEMENT PNRNHA Next Higher ELEMENT Assembly Part Number A functional identification number assigned to the specific usage of the part. For electrical parts this is the Electrical Equipment Number shown in the Wiring Diagram Manual. See §4.5.27 page 161 The part number of the assembly on which the particular See §4.5.25 item under discussion is attached or is a part of either page 156 directly or through intermediate attaching parts. 4.5.8.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The MATEWMFR element is used for vendor equipments/connectors. It contains two sub elements (EI N , PNRNHA) that enable identifying a vendor equipment/connector without ambiguity. The MATEWMFR construction rules are the same as the ones used for the EQROW /E I N M F R element (refer to §4.5.26 %EIN for instantiation rules.) 4.5.8.4. S AMPLES 1001-VT-006 NSA937901RB0170 TERMINAL BLOCK A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 127 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 120 J1_A 800-RH-2 0001 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 128 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.9. EXTWLIST 4.5.9.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV WMLIST 4.5.9.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EXTWLIST element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF EXTWLIST Extended Wire List ELEMENT The database-like table that defines all elements pertaining to the wires in the aircraft. TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 EXTWROW Extended Wire Row ELEMENT Data which defines all aspects of a wire and its terminations. See §4.5.10 page 131 This element contains three basic classifications of Active, Non-active (spare or unused) wires and Unused terminations (pins). EXTWLIST element attributes NAME %REVATT MEANING Revision Attributes TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 4.5.9.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.9.3.1. 'TITLE' ELEMENT The T I T L E element is set to ‘EXTENDED WIRE LIST' value. 4.5.9.3.2. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is set to ‘ENEXTWLIST’ value. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 129 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.9.4. S AMPLES EXTENDED WIRE LIST ... ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 130 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.10. EXTWROW 4.5.10.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EXTWLIST INCREV 4.5.10.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EXTWROW element content NAME EXTWROW MEANING Extended Wire Row TYPE DEFINITION ELEMENT Data which defines all aspects of a wire and its terminations. REF This element contains three basic classifications of Active, Non-active (spare or unused) wires and Unused terminations (pins). EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates t he applicability of i tems, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. page 194 The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). ACTWIRE Active Wire ELEMENT A wire that is terminated at both ends and is used in a circuit. NACTWIRE Nonactive Wire ELEMENT A wire that is terminated at neither, one, or both ends See §4.5.12 and is not utilized in a circuit. page 135 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §4.5.11 page 134 Page 131 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual EXTWROW element content SPAREPIN Spare Pin ELEMENT A termination that is not connected to any wire and therefore has no destination "TO". %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 EXTWROW element attributes NAME CHAPPREF MEANING Chapter Prefix TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A unique identifier for chapters with multiple engine types. This identifier is used with the AMTOSS numbering scheme. Used to distinguish between multiple engine chapters within an SGML Instance. An example would be a SGML Instance with 2 Chapter 71; one for Rolls Royce Engines and one for G.E. engines. At the chapter level it is still expected that the effectivity would call out the appropriate engine types (i.e. Rolls Royce, GE, P&W, etc). %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 SPAREPIN element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF SPAREPIN Spare Pin ELEMENT A termination that is not connected to any wire and therefore has no destination "TO". FROM Wire From ELEMENT The point from which a wire or part is connected or See §4.5.19 removed. Identifies a set of elements which together page 146 define all aspects of a termination. NOTE: the FROM and TO elements are identical structures that identify the terminated ends of a wire. They are defined with different names for convenience and clarity. 4.5.10.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.10.3.1. 'EXTWROW' ELEMENT All the wires and their terminations are listed in the extended wire list. They are classified into three sets : • • • The active wires or used wires are delivered using the ACTWIRE element. The non-active wires are delivered using the NACTWIRE element. The nonactive wires correspond to provisioning wires which purpose is to facilitate maintenance as the access to some wires can be difficult (i.e settled for evolutions or maintenance but not used yet). The unused terminations or pins are delivered using the SPAREPIN element. The spare pin are provisioning for future functional evolutions. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 132 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.10.3.2. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) The KE Y attribute is a sequence of 32 characters maximum. 4.5.10.3.3. 'CHAPPREF' ATTRIBUTE This attribute is delivered for all EXTWROW related to the engine system. The CHAPPREF value is constituted of a set of engine models separated by blank characters (' '). 4.5.10.3.4. 'EFFECT' ELEMENT The EFFECT element contains the effectivity of the described wire (see §5.4.1 EFFECT). 4.5.10.4. SAMPLES 2121-0005 14 B 00337 ADC WDM 212121 2M 4-XZ H4A- 10 ABS1380-08M1614 1106-VC-013 A- 16 ABS1381-03F1614 4-CB 1 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 133 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.11. ACTWIRE 4.5.11.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EXTWROW 4.5.11.2. CONTENT DEFINITION ACTWIRE element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF ACTWIRE Active Wire ELEMENT A wire that is terminated at both ends and is used in a circuit. WIRE Wire ELEMENT Identifies a set of elements which define all aspects of a wire. FROM Wire From ELEMENT The point from which a wire or part is connected or See §4.5.19 removed. Identifies a set of elements which together page 146 define all aspects of a termination. NOTE: the FROM and TO elements are identical structures that identify the terminated ends of a wire. They are defined with different names for convenience and clarity. TO Wire To ELEMENT The point to which a wire or part is to be connected. Identifies a set of elements which together define all aspects of a termination. NOTE: the FROM and TO elements are identical structures that identify the terminated ends of a wire. They are defined with different names for convienience and clarity. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §4.5.13 page 136 See §4.5.20 page 149 Page 134 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.12. NACTWIRE 4.5.12.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EXTWROW 4.5.12.2. CONTENT DEFINITION NACTWIRE element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF NACTWIRE Nonactive Wire ELEMENT A wire that is terminated at neither, one, or both ends and is not utilized in a circuit. WIRE Wire ELEMENT Identifies a set of elements which define all aspects of a wire. FROM Wire From ELEMENT The point from which a wire or part is connected or See §4.5.19 removed. Identifies a set of elements which together page 146 define all aspects of a termination. NOTE: the FROM and TO elements are identical structures that identify the terminated ends of a wire. They are defined with different names for convenience and clarity. TO Wire To ELEMENT The point to which a wire or part is to be connected. Identifies a set of elements which together define all aspects of a termination. NOTE: the FROM and TO elements are identical structures that identify the terminated ends of a wire. They are defined with different names for convienience and clarity. See §4.5.13 page 136 See §4.5.20 page 149 4.5.12.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The non-active wires correspond to provisioning wires which purpose is to facilitate maintenance as the access to some wires can be difficult (i.e. settled for evolutions or maintenance but not used yet). Usually the non-active wires of the aircraft manufacturer are illustrated in the ATA chapter 24-99 of the AWM (the first four-digits of the WIRENBR element) FROM and TO elements are systematically delivered for non active wires. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 135 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.13. WIRE 4.5.13.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : ACTWIRE NACTWIRE 4.5.13.2. CONTENT DEFINITION WIRE element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF WIRE Wire ELEMENT Identifies a set of elements which define all aspects of a wire. WIRECODE Wire Code ELEMENT Data that uniquely identifies a unique wire including the wire number, the wire guage, the wire color and the wire bundle number. See §4.5.14 page 139 LENGTH Length ELEMENT The numerical value of the length of a wire. See §4.5.16 page 143 The units of measure are given in the associated attribute UNIT. WIRETYPE Wire Type ELEMENT A two character identification for the type of wire. PNR Part Number ELEMENT The manufacturer's, supplier's or industry standard See §4.5.30 identity for the subject part, assembly, kit or material page 165 item. Part Number, when linked with its Manufacturer Code, provides a unique identity for the given item. HDIAGNBR Home Diagram Number ELEMENT The ATA number of the primary diagram or schematic where a component is illustrated. WIRERTE Wire Route ELEMENT The code assigned to identify the route of a wire. FEEDTHRU Feed Through ELEMENT Identifies an equipment item through which a Wire passes. SENSEP Sensitivity/Se paration ELEMENT The code that is used to identify the separation or sensitivity requirements of a wire. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §4.5.17 page 144 See §4.5.28 page 163 See §4.5.18 page 145 Page 136 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.13.3. INSTANTIATION RULES A wire is described by : • • • • • • • its identification (WIRECODE element), its cut length in centimeters (LENGTH element). Only one LENGTH element is delivered. its type (WIRETYPE element). Only one WIRETYPE element is delivered. the reference to the wiring diagram where the wire is illustrated (HDIAGNBR element), the installation route to which the wire belongs to ( WIRERTE element), the components (the panels, current transformers , etc.), if any, through which the wire passes (FEEDTHRU element), its sensitivity (SENSEP element) in case the wire is sensitive. 4.5.13.3.1. 'WIRERTE' ELEMENT A wire belongs to a unique route identified by with: • a sequence number, • a string, which denotes the type of route. 4.5.13.3.2. 'PNR' ELEMENT When available, the PNR element is filled with the part number norm of the wire. The PNR element is not delivered empty. 4.5.13.3.3. 'SENSEP' ELEMENT The SENSEP element is delivered when a wire is sensitive (no repair or recovery of shielding allowed). When SENSEP is delivered its content is set to 'S'. Remark: The sensitivity of a wire never changes. 4.5.13.4. SAMPLES 2121-0005 14 B 00337 ADC ABS0963-003 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 137 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual WDM 212121 2M A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 138 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.14. WIRECODE 4.5.14.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CONDROW FROM TO WIRE 4.5.14.2. CONTENT DEFINITION WIRECODE element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION WIRECODE Wire Code ELEMENT Data that uniquely identifies a unique wire including the wire number, the wire guage, the wire color and the wire bundle number. WIRENBR Wire Number ELEMENT The number of a wire. WNBRMFR Wire number ELEMENT The grouping of Wire number (WNBR), Manufacturer Code (MFR), and Next Higher assembly Part Number (PNRNHA). WIREAWG Wire Gauge ELEMENT The t hickness o f a w ire e xpressed i n American W ire Gauge units. WIRECLR Wire Color ELEMENT The color of the wire when necessary to uniquely identify a wire. BUNDNBR Bundle Number ELEMENT The unique identifier of a wire bundle. PAN Panel Number ELEMENT A unique identifier for a specific panel(access Panel, access door or electrical panel). DIAGREF Diagram Reference ELEMENT The ATA number of the diagram where a bundle or a panel is illustrated. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide REF See §4.5.15 page 142 See §4.5.29 page 164 Page 139 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual WNBRMFR element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION WNBRMFR Wire number ELEMENT The grouping of Wire number (WNBR), Manufacturer Code (MFR), and Next Higher assembly Part Number (PNRNHA). WIRENBR Wire Number ELEMENT The number of a wire. PNRNHA Next Higher ELEMENT Assembly Part Number REF See §4.5.15 page 142 The part number of the assembly on which the particular See §4.5.25 item under discussion is attached or is a part of either page 156 directly or through intermediate attaching parts. DIAGREF element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION DIAGREF Diagram Reference ELEMENT The ATA number of the diagram where a bundle or a panel is illustrated. REFEXT Reference (External) ELEMENT A reference to text or a structure in another manual. Identifies a reference to another manual or document. Contains the 'human readable' text explaining the reference. The attributes give the information necessary to allow the system to resolve the reference. REF See §5.5.1 page 208 4.5.14.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.14.3.1. 'WIRENBR'/'WNBRMFR' ELEMENTS 4.5.14.3.1.1. Airbus wires Airbus wire numbers are delivered using the WIRENBR element. The wire number uniqueness is guaranteed for Airbus wires. 4.5.14.3.1.2. Vendor wires As each system vendor identifies the wires using its own rules, the wire number is not sufficient to guarantee the wire identification uniqueness in the WMLIST . The vendor wires are delivered using the WNBRMFR element. The WNBRMFR ensures the uniqueness of vendor wire identification by associating to the wire number ( WIRENBR element), the FIN of the next higher assembly (PNRNHA element) containing the wire. 4.5.14.3.2. 'WIREAWG' ELEMENT The WIREAWG element is systematically delivered. The standard values for the WIREAWG content are defined in the subject 20-32-21 of the ESPM. 4.5.14.3.3. 'WIRECLR' ELEMENT The wire colour (WIRECLR element) is a discriminating information to distinguish wires having the same WIRENBR/WNBRMFR . A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 140 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.14.3.4. WIRE LOCATION ('BUNDNBR', 'PAN' AND 'DIAGREF' ELEMENTS) The DIAGREF element is systematically delivered (in WIRE element context) when a PAN or a BUNDNBR element is delivered. The DIAGREF element is never delivered in FROM and TO context. The DIAGREF element references (REFEXT element) either a panel diagram illustrating the panel (PAN element) or a routing diagram illustrating the bundle ( BUNDNBR element). 4.5.14.4. SAMPLES 2121-0005 14 B A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 141 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.15. WIRENBR 4.5.15.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WIRECODE WNBRMFR 4.5.15.2. CONTENT DEFINITION WIRENBR element content NAME MEANING WIRENBR Wire Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The number of a wire. 4.5.15.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.15.3.1. AIRBUS WIRES The Airbus wires are identified following the rule: Where: • • • is the circuit identification prefix corresponding to ATA 2200 numbering (chapter, section) is equal to the 1-character value, Wire number are preceded by a hyphen ('-') Sheath number are preceded by a letter ('G', 'I', 'S' or 'T') 4-alphanumeric characters. 4.5.15.3.2. VENDOR WIRES ('WNBRMFR' CONTEXT) As each system vendor identifies the wires using its own rules, there is no syntactic rule applicable to the vendor wire numbers. To ensure wire identification uniqueness, the FIN of the next higher assembly ( PNRNHA element) is associated with the wire number ( WIRENBR element) using the WNBRMFR structure (see 4.5.14 WIRECODE). 4.5.15.4. SAMPLES 2121-0005 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 142 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.16. LENGTH 4.5.16.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CONDROW WIRE 4.5.16.2. CONTENT DEFINITION LENGTH element content NAME LENGTH MEANING Length TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The numerical value of the length of a wire. The units of measure are given in the associated attribute UNIT. LENGTH element content NAME UNIT MEANING TYPE Unit of ft |in | mm | Measure Code cm | m DEFINITION REF Used to define units of measure (ft = feet, cm = centimeters, lb = pounds, etc.). 4.5.16.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The wire cut length is expressed in centimeters (the U N I T attribute is set to ‘cm’ value). 4.5.16.4. SAMPLES 00337 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 143 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.17. WIRETYPE 4.5.17.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA WIRE 4.5.17.2. CONTENT DEFINITION WIRETYPE element content NAME WIRETYPE MEANING Wire Type TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A two character identification for the type of wire. WIRETYPE element attributes NAME WTCODE MEANING Wire Code Type TYPE us | mt DEFINITION REF Used to define whether the WIRETYPE is metric or U.S. 4.5.17.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The wire type is expressed in metric system (the WTCODE attribute is set to ‘mt’ value ). The set of allowed values for the WIRETYPE content is defined in the subject 20-32-21 of the ESPM. 4.5.17.4. SAMPLES AD A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 144 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.18. FEEDTHRU 4.5.18.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WIRE 4.5.18.2. CONTENT DEFINITION FEEDTHRU element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF FEEDTHRU Feed Through ELEMENT Identifies an equipment item through which a Wire passes. %EIN Equipment Identification Number ENTITY A choice between EIN and EINMFR. Used at each place an equipment identifier is needed. See §4.5.26 page 157 TERMNBR Termination Number ELEMENT The identification of the termination within a parent equipment item (EIN) such as a Plug, Terminal Block, etc. See §4.5.21 page 151 4.5.18.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.18.3.1. '%EIN' ENTITY The %EIN entity identifies the FIN of the equipment through which the wire passes (panel, current transformer, etc...) 4.5.18.3.2. 'TERMNBR' ELEMENT The TERMNBR element identifies the hole number in the equipment through which the wire passes. In case the hole is not identified, the TERMNBR content is set to '/'. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 145 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.19. FROM 4.5.19.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : ACTWIRE NACTWIRE SPAREPIN 4.5.19.2. CONTENT DEFINITION FROM element content NAME FROM MEANING Wire From TYPE DEFINITION ELEMENT The point from which a wire or part is connected or removed. Identifies a set of elements which together define all aspects of a termination. NOTE: the FROM and TO elements are identical structures that identify the terminated ends of a wire. They are defined with different names for convenience and clarity. REF %EIN Equipment Identification Number ENTITY A choice between EIN and EINMFR. Used at each place an equipment identifier is needed. See §4.5.26 page 157 CONNECT Connector ELEMENT Connector number related to a termination pin number. See § 4.5.22 page 153 WIRECODE Wire Code ELEMENT Data that uniquely identifies a unique wire including the wire number, the wire guage, the wire color and the wire bundle number. See §4.5.14 page 139 TERMNBR Termination Number ELEMENT The identification of the termination within a parent equipment item (EIN) such as a Plug, Terminal Block, etc. See §4.5.21 page 151 SHUNT Shunt Code ELEMENT Identification code of interconnecting terminals in a terminal module. See §4.5.23 page 154 TERMPNR Termination Part Number ELEMENT The part number assigned to a terminal/pin. See §4.5.24 page 155 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 146 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual FROM element attributes NAME WEXDIR MEANING Wire Extremity Direction TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Provide the direction of installation for a non-symmetric wire extremity. The direction (A, B, etc.) shall correspond to the mark indicated on the physical wire extremity. 4.5.19.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.19.3.1. WIRE EXTREMITY IDENTIFICATION The FROM element identifies the first extremity of a wire. Depending on the component the wire is connect to, the wire extremity is identified as following: • • If the extremity of the wire is connected to a pin of an equipment connector, the wire extremity is identified using the equipment FIN ( EI N or E I N M F R element), the connector on the equipment ( CONNECT element) and the PIN number (TERMNBR element) . If the extremity of the wire is connected to a shielding wire, this shielding wire is identified using the WIRECODE element and the TERMNBR element is set to 'SHLD'. 4.5.19.3.2. 'WEXDIR' ATTRIBUTE The WEXDIR attribute is delivered each time a quadrax cable is delivered. The WEXDIR attribute value is in accordance with the physical identification on the cable sheath which define the installation direction. 4.5.19.3.3. 'TERMNBR' ELEMENT The TERMNBR element is systematically delivered. 4.5.19.3.4. 'SHUNT' ELEMENT The SHUNT element is only delivered for terminal blocks when the wire termination is shunted (i.e. connected to other pin within the same terminal block module). 4.5.19.3.5. 'TERMPNR' ELEMENT The TERMPNR element is systematically delivered except when the TERMNBR value belongs is one of the following value : 'SHLD', 'DNC', 'ALC', 'CCWC', 'WWTI', 'ISOL', 'GND'. 4.5.19.4. SAMPLES • General case 4-XZ H4A 10 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 147 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual ABS1380-08M1614 • Quadrax cable 1-CC-1 A-C 123 ABS0974F08A A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 148 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.20. TO 4.5.20.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : ACTWIRE NACTWIRE 4.5.20.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TO element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF TO Wire To ELEMENT The point to which a wire or part is to be connected. Identifies a set of elements which together define all aspects of a termination. NOTE: the FROM and TO elements are identical structures that identify the terminated ends of a wire. They are defined with different names for convienience and clarity. %EIN Equipment Identification Number ENTITY A choice between EIN and EINMFR. Used at each place an equipment identifier is needed. See §4.5.26 page 157 CONNECT Connector ELEMENT Connector number related to a termination pin number. See § 4.5.22 page 153 WIRECODE Wire Code ELEMENT Data that uniquely identifies a unique wire including the wire number, the wire guage, the wire color and the wire bundle number. See §4.5.14 page 139 TERMNBR Termination Number ELEMENT The identification of the termination within a parent equipment item (EIN) such as a Plug, Terminal Block, etc. See §4.5.21 page 151 SHUNT Shunt Code ELEMENT Identification code of interconnecting terminals in a terminal module. See §4.5.23 page 154 TERMPNR Termination Part Number ELEMENT The part number assigned to a terminal/pin. See §4.5.24 page 155 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 149 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual TO element attributes NAME WEXDIR MEANING Wire Extremity Direction TYPE CDATA DEFINITION REF Provide the direction of installation for a non-symmetric wire extremity. The direction (A, B, etc.) shall correspond to the mark indicated on the physical wire extremity. 4.5.20.3. INSTANTIATION RULES See §4.5.19 FROM for instantiation rules. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 150 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.21. TERMNBR 4.5.21.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : FEEDTHRU FROM TO 4.5.21.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TERMNBR element content NAME TERMNBR MEANING Termination Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The identification of the termination within a parent equipment item (EIN) such as a Plug, Terminal Block, etc. 4.5.21.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.21.3.1. 'FROM' AND 'TO' CONTEXT If the wire extremity is a connector pin the TERMNBR element content is set to alphanumerical characters identifying the pin number. Nevertheless in some particular case of wire termination, the TERMNBR element content may be set to one of the following values: • “DNC”: Do Not Connect, • “ALC”: Already Connected, • “CCWC”: Coaxial wire shield without connection, • “WWTI”: Shield connected to backshell, • “ISOL”: Isolated, • “GND”: Ground. If the wire extremity is connected to a shielding wire, the TERMNBR content value is set to “SHLD” (for “Shielding”). In case the pin is not identified the TERMNBR content is set to '/'. 4.5.21.3.2. 'FEEDTRHU' CONTEXT In the FEEDTHRU element context TERMNBR identifies the number of the hole where the wire comes through. In case the hole is not identified, the TERMNBR content is set to '/'. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 151 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.21.4. SAMPLES SHLD A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 152 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.22. CONNECT 4.5.22.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : FEEDTHRU FROM TO 4.5.22.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CONNECT element content NAME CONNECT MEANING Connector TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Connector number related to a termination pin number. 4.5.22.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The CONNECT element identifies a connector. It is made of two parts: the connector number and the module number, separated by a dash. The two information are optional; in case there is no connector on the equipment, the '-' character is delivered before the module number. In case of vendor data (the equipment number is identified using the E I N M F R element) the CONNECT element contains only a connector number. There are no module number delivered in case of vendor data. 4.5.22.4. SAMPLES A-C A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 153 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.23. SHUNT 4.5.23.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : FROM TO 4.5.23.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SHUNT element content NAME SHUNT MEANING Shunt Code TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Identification code of interconnecting terminals in a terminal module. 4.5.23.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The SHUNT element is only delivered for terminal blocks when the wire termination is shunted (i.e. connected to other pin within the same terminal block module). The SHUNT element content is set to the same value for all the pin that are shunted together. 4.5.23.4. SAMPLES M04 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 154 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.24. TERMPNR 4.5.24.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : FROM PARA TERMINFO TO 4.5.24.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TERMPNR element content NAME MEANING TERMPNR Termination Part Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The part number assigned to a terminal/pin. 4.5.24.3. SAMPLES ABS1493-122KZ22 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 155 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.25. PNRNHA 4.5.25.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EINMFR MATEWMFR WNBRMFR 4.5.25.2. CONTENT DEFINITION PNRNHA element content NAME PNRNHA MEANING TYPE Next Higher ELEMENT Assembly Part Number DEFINITION REF The part number of the assembly on which the particular item under discussion is attached or is a part of either directly or through intermediate attaching parts. 4.5.25.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The PNRNHA element is delivered when a vendor wire or equipment is described. The PNRNHA element is set to the Functional Item Number (FIN) of the aircraft assembly containing the wire/equipment. The FIN of the aircraft assembly ( PNRNHA) is systematically associated to each vendor equipment and wire numbers ( EI N and WIRENBR ) in E I N M F R and WNBRMFR elements in order to guarantee uniqueness of vendor data delivered in AWL. Remark: The PNRNHA is not delivered in EINMFR of the EQROW describing an Aircraft assembly (i.e. an equipment which FIN is referenced as PNRNHA by vendor equipment/wires). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 156 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.26. %EIN 4.5.26.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW FEEDTHRU FROM TO 4.5.26.2. CONTENT DEFINITION %EIN element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION %EIN Equipment Identification Number ENTITY A choice between EIN and EINMFR. Used at each place an equipment identifier is needed. EIN Equipment Identification Number ELEMENT A functional identification number assigned to the specific usage of the part. For electrical parts this is the Electrical Equipment Number shown in the Wiring Diagram Manual. EINMFR Equipment Identification Number set ELEMENT The grouping of the equipment identification number and the manufacturing code REF See §4.5.27 page 161 EINMFR element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION EINMFR Equipment Identification Number set ELEMENT The grouping of the equipment identification number and the manufacturing code EIN Equipment Identification Number ELEMENT A functional identification number assigned to the specific usage of the part. For electrical parts this is the Electrical Equipment Number shown in the Wiring Diagram Manual. PNRNHA Next Higher ELEMENT Assembly Part Number REF See §4.5.27 page 161 The part number of the assembly on which the particular See §4.5.25 item under discussion is attached or is a part of either page 156 directly or through intermediate attaching parts. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 157 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.26.3. INSTANTIATION RULES A Functional Item Number (FIN) uniquely identifies an element performing a function in a given aircraft system (e.g. pump in the hydraulic system) at a given position (e.g. the third pump in the hydraulic system). It is used once in an aircraft and can be reused for the same function for all other aircraft in the same Airbus aircraft family. The rules described below define a common and consistent way of identifying a FIN in all the Airbus documentation, so that it enables transversal links between manuals at consultation. 4.5.26.3.1. '%EIN' ENTITY The %EIN entity is the dedicated entity for FIN tagging. This entity is separated into two branchs: • • EI N element EINMFR is used to identify Airbus FINs, element is used for vendor FINs. 4.5.26.3.2. 'EIN' ELEMENT - AIRBUS FIN Refer to §4.5.27 EIN for instantiation rules. 4.5.26.3.3. 'EINMFR' ELEMENT - VENDOR FIN 4.5.26.3.3.1. General rules for vendor FIN As each vendor identifies its equipment using its own rules, there are no general syntactic rules for the content of the vendor EI N elements. Furthermore, the uniqueness of a FIN vendor is only ensured in the aircraft assembly under vendor responsibility. The E I N M F R is delivered to gather all information necessary to guarantee FIN vendor identification uniqueness in the AWL. The E I N M F R element is constituted of: • • the equipment identification number assigned by the vendor ( EI N element), the FIN of the aircraft assembly containing the equipment ( PNRNHA element). The PNRNHA element is not delivered for vendor assemblies. 4.5.26.3.3.2. Equipment list (EQROW) context • General case The E I N M F R is systematically delivered with a content of EI N and PNRNHA elements to identify an equipment or a connector part of a vendor assembly. In the case EI N identifies an equipment there is no specific syntactic rule for EIN element (each vendor defines its own syntax). In case the EI N identifies a connector, the EI N content follows the rule: _ with: A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 158 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual • : identifies the equipment part, • identifies the connector part. Remark: some particular plugs are not linked to equipments and are only identified by a connector identifier, in this case the part is not delivered (e.g: “_J1”). • Vendor assembly case In the particular case when a EQROW identifies an aircraft assembly (i.e. an equipment which FIN is referenced in the PNRNHA element by vendor equipment/wires), only the EI N element is delivered in E I N M F R content, the PNRNHA element is not delivered. Remark #1: In the case of vendor assembly, the MFR associated with the EQROW is set to 'NP'. Remark #2: Master vendor assemblies (OPTCODE element set to “1”) follow the vendor assembly rules. Slave vendor assemblies (OPTCODE element set to “2”) and sub-assemblies (no OPTCODE) follow vendor assembly rules. The PNRNHA element of a slave assembly is set to the FIN of the master assembly (a slave assembly always refers to a master assembly). The PNRNHA element of a sub-assembly is set to the FIN of the slave or vendor assembly (a sub-assembly never refers to a master assembly). 4.5.26.3.3.3. Extended wire list (EXTWROW) context In the Extended wire list context, the E I N M F R is systematically delivered with a content of EI N and PNRNHA . Remark: Some particular plugs are not linked to equipments and are only identified by a connector identifier, in this case the EIN element is delivered with an empty content (the plug identifier is delivered in the CONNECT element). 4.5.26.4. SAMPLES • Vendor Assembly FIN (in EQROW ) 8001MJ1 ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 159 July 2013 • A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Vendor Sub Assembly FIN (in EQROW ) P145_2118562317 8001MJ1 • Vendor connector (in EXTWROW ) ... P18 8001MJ1 A 2 P11 8001MJ1 B A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 160 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.27. EIN 4.5.27.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EINMFR MATEWMFR %EIN 4.5.27.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EIN element content NAME EIN MEANING Equipment Identification Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A functional identification number assigned to the specific usage of the part. For electrical parts this is the Electrical Equipment Number shown in the Wiring Diagram Manual. EIN element attributes NAME TYPE MEANING Type TYPE CDATA DEFINITION REF A label to describe the class or category of an object. 4.5.27.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 4.5.27.3.1. 'EIN' ELEMENT - AIRBUS FIN 4.5.27.3.1.1. General rules for Airbus FIN Airbus FIN are EI N elements that are not delivered in the E I N M F R context. A FIN is constituted of a maximum of four fields: --- with: • : Sequence number or prefix, • : Circuit Letter, • : Suffix (counter) (FINs with the same function in multiple use), • : connector suffix, The relevant fields of a FIN are separated in the EI N element content using the character '-' as separator. The four fields are delivered for a FIN related to a connector, but only the first three fields are delivered for a FIN related to a wire. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 161 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 301-RH-1-A The separators are delivered only till the last filled field of the FIN. The FIN 1CA1which has no connector part 1-CA-1 and not 1-CA-1- 4.5.27.3.1.2. Equipment list (EQROW) context An Airbus equipment described in the equipment list is identified using the first three fields of the general FIN structure: -- An Airbus connector described in the equipment list is identified using the four fields of the general FIN structure: --- 4.5.27.3.1.3. Extended wire list (EXTWROW) context In the extended wire list, the EI N element is used to identify the equipment part of the wire extremities or spare pins. Only the first three fields of the general FIN structure are used in the extended wire list: -- 4.5.27.3.2. 'EIN' ELEMENT - VENDOR FIN Vendor FIN correspond to EI N elements delivered into the E I N M F R element (refer to section 4.5.26%EIN for vendor FIN syntactic rules and constraints in the context of EINMFR element). 4.5.27.3.3. 'TYPE' ATTRIBUTE For Airbus FIN, The TYPE attribute is systematically set to “exact”. For Vendor FIN, the TYPE attribute may be set to: • • “exact” to indicate a precise FIN “family” for FIN family. A FIN family identifies all the FIN of the same kind. FIN family are used only in the EQROW context to identify vendor assemblies of the same family. 4.5.27.4. SAMPLES • Airbus FIN 100-RH-1 • Vendor FIN 280RH A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 162 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.28. HDIAGNBR 4.5.28.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW WIRE 4.5.28.2. CONTENT DEFINITION HDIAGNBR element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION HDIAGNBR Home Diagram Number ELEMENT The ATA number of the primary diagram or schematic where a component is illustrated. REFEXT Reference (External) ELEMENT A reference to text or a structure in another manual. Identifies a reference to another manual or document. Contains the 'human readable' text explaining the reference. The attributes give the information necessary to allow the system to resolve the reference. REF See §5.5.1 page 4.5.28.3. INSTANTIATION RULES • In the EQROW element context: The REFEXT element references a schematic diagram illustrating the equipment. The REFMAN attribute value of the REFEXT element is set to 'SSM'. • In the WIRE element context: The REFEXT element references a wiring diagram illustrating the wire. The REFMAN attribute value of the REFEXT element is set to 'WDM'. 4.5.28.4. SAMPLES WDM 23-51-18 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 163 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.29. PAN 4.5.29.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW WIRECODE 4.5.29.2. CONTENT DEFINITION PAN element content NAME PAN MEANING Panel Number TYPE DEFINITION ELEMENT REF A unique identifier for a specific panel(access Panel, access door or electrical panel). PAN element attribute NAME PANTYPE MEANING Panel Type TYPE CDATA DEFINITION REF Indicates whether a panel is an access panel, an access door or an electrical panel. Permitted values are: . “accpan” : access panel . “accdoor”: access door . “elec” : electrical panel 4.5.29.3. INSTANTIATION RULES In te AWL, the PAN element is used to tag electrical panels that contain wire or equipment. The PANTYPE attribute value is systematically delivered with a value set to “elec”. 4.5.29.4. SAMPLES 1314VU A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 164 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.5.30. PNR 4.5.30.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW HWINFO PARA WIRE 4.5.30.2. CONTENT DEFINITION PNR element content NAME PNR MEANING Part Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The manufacturer's, supplier's or industry standard identity for the subject part, assembly, kit or material item. Part Number, when linked with its Manufacturer Code, provides a unique identity for the given item. 4.5.30.3. SAMPLES C16455AA01 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 165 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.6. LOW LEVEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS 4.6.1. MFR 4.6.1.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EINMFR EQROW MATEWMFR SBNRMFR VENDATA WNBRMFR 4.6.1.2. CONTENT DEFINITION MFR element content NAME MFR MEANING Manufacturer Code TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A five digit code assigned to identify the manufacturer of the part, normally the Commercial And Government Entity (CAGE) code. Can be a local code. 4.6.1.3. INSTANTIATION RULES In the EQROW context, the M F R element defines the supplier code. Remark: In the particular case of an aircraft assembly description in the equipment list (EQROW) the MFR element (child of EQROW) is set to 'NP' for “Not Procurable” (refer to § 4.5.26 %EIN for detailed information concerning vendor assemblies). 4.6.1.4. S AMPLES 00141 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 166 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.6.2. TITLE 4.6.2.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CHAPTER COCDATA COCLIST CONDLIST CUSREVREC EFFXREF EQIPLIST EXTWLIST FULLSTMT GLOSSARY GRAPHIC HAZMTLST HAZMT INTRO L1ITEM L2ITEM L3ITEM L4ITEM L5ITEM L6ITEM L7ITEM MFREVREC PARTSTMT PRETOPIC SBDATA SBLIST SECTION SHEET SPCHAP SPSECT SPSUBJ SUBJECT TABLE TRANSLTR TRFMATR TTLPAGE VENDLIST WM 4.6.2.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TITLE element content NAME TITLE MEANING Title TYPE DEFINITION ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide REF Page 167 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.6.3. %TEXT 4.6.3.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CAUTION COCLIST CUSREVREC EFFXREF FTNOTE GLOSSARY L1ITEM L2ITEM L3ITEM L4ITEM L5ITEM L6ITEM L7ITEM MFREVREC NOTE PRETOPIC SBLIST SPSUBJ TRANSLTR TRINFO VENDLIST WARNING 4.6.3.2. CONTENT DEFINITION %TEXT element content NAME %TEXT MEANING Text TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF The character-based contents of a document, field, or element. A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. PARA Paragraph ELEMENT A subdivision of text that consists of one or more sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker. See §4.3.20 page 77 Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc. TABLE Table ELEMENT This tag identifies a structured table composed (ultimately) of ENTRYs. The table used in this DTD is a subset (with the exception of the ENTRY contents) of the CALS Table. For those tables which are too complex to be represented in the CALS table structure, or when the table is only available in illustration form, the contents of the table can be replaced with a single graphic See §4.3.24 page 89 UNLIST Unnumbered List ELEMENT This tag identifies a set of non-ordered items of text. See §4.3.23 page 87 GRAPHIC A collection of Illustrations. ELEMENT A place holder for a set of graphic images (normally in the form of Sheet elements). See §5.6.2 page 212 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 168 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual %TEXT element content %WCN Warnings, Cautions and Notes ENTITY A mechanism identifying any place where a set of See §4.6.4 Warnings, Cautions and Notes can be found within the page 170 maintenance or operations digital data. This entity is used in the DTD at any place where a set of Warnings, Cautions and Notes can be found. LIST1 List (Nested) ELEMENT A series of itemized text A set of ordered items of level 1. The level number refers to the nesting level of the LIST1 within other lists (logical level of identification). For maintenance documentation, this list structure is optimized for use in Tasks. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §4.3.22 page 81 Page 169 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 4.6.4. %WCN 4.6.4.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : %TEXT 4.6.4.2. CONTENT DEFINITION %WCN element content NAME %WCN MEANING Warnings, Cautions and Notes TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF A mechanism identifying any place where a set of Warnings, Cautions and Notes can be found within the maintenance or operations digital data. This entity is used in the DTD at any place where a set of Warnings, Cautions and Notes can be found. NOTE Note ELEMENT Notes follow the text to which they relate and are located directly under and vertically in line with the text to which they apply. See §4.3.19 page 75 Used to highlight or emphasize important points when necessary. Notes are explanatory comments. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 170 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5. ATA TECHREQ IMPLEMENTATION 5.1. TEXT ENTITY SET DECLARATION 5.1.1. DEFINITION ISO 8879 (SGML) defines several sets of entities that can be used to produce symbols and characters commonly used in publishing. Theses entities are at the beginning of the WM DTD in the ENTITIES paragraph. 5.1.2. %ISOTECH 5.1.2.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOtech entity content NAME %ISOtech MEANING Technical Characters TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This is an entity which calls in an external set of standard technical symbols. The entity allows any of the symbols defined in the ISOtech public entity set to be used in the document instance. 5.1.2.2. S AMPLES > 5.1.3. %ISOPUB 5.1.3.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOpub entity content NAME %ISOpub MEANING Publishing Characters TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This is an entity which calls in an external set of standard publishing symbols. The entity allows any of the symbols defined in the ISOpub public entity set to be used in the document instance. 5.1.3.2. S AMPLES A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > Page 171 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.1.4. %ISONUM 5.1.4.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOnum entity content NAME %ISOnum MEANING Numerical Characters TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This is an entity which calls in an external set of standard numeric and special graphic symbols.The entity allows any of the symbols defined in the ISOnum public entity set to be used in the document instance. 5.1.4.2. S AMPLES > 5.1.5. %ISOGRK1 5.1.5.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOgrk1 entity content NAME %ISOgrk1 MEANING Greek Characters 1 TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This is an entity which calls in an external set of the Greek alphabet. The entity allows any of the Greek letters to be used in the document instance. 5.1.5.2. S AMPLES > 5.1.6. %ISOGRK2 5.1.6.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOgrk2 entity content NAME %ISOgrk2 MEANING Greek Characters 2 TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This is an entity which calls in an external set of the Greek alphabet. The entity allows any of the Greek letters to be used in the document instance. 5.1.6.2. S AMPLES A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > Page 172 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.1.7. %ISOGRK3 5.1.7.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOgrk3 entity content NAME %ISOgrk3 MEANING Greek Characters 3 TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This is an entity which calls in an external set of the Greek alphabet. The entity allows any of the Greek letters to be used in the document instance. 5.1.7.2. S AMPLES > 5.1.8. %ISOGRK4 5.1.8.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOgrk4 entity content NAME %ISOgrk4 MEANING Greek Characters 4 TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This is an entity which calls in an external set of the Greek alphabet. The entity allows any of the Greek letters to be used in the document instance. 5.1.8.2. S AMPLES > 5.1.9. %ISOLAT1 5.1.9.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOlat1 entity content NAME %ISOlat1 MEANING Latin Characters 1 TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF The entity set used for the inclusion of to standard Latin1 character set. 5.1.9.2. S AMPLES A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > Page 173 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.1.10. %ISOBOX 5.1.10.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISObox entity content NAME %ISObox MEANING Box and Line Drawing Character TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This external file contains ISO Box and Line Drawing . 5.1.10.2. SAMPLES > 5.1.11. %ISOAMSO 5.1.11.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOamso entity content NAME %ISOamso MEANING Math Symbols Ordinary TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This external file contains ISO Standard Added Math Symbols (Ordinary) . 5.1.11.2. SAMPLES > 5.1.12. %ISOAMSC 5.1.12.1. CONTENT DEFINITION %ISOamsc entity content NAME %ISOamsc MEANING Math Symbols Delimiters TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF This external file contains ISO Standard Added Math Symbols (Delimiters) . 5.1.12.2. SAMPLES A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > Page 174 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.2. NOTATION DECLARATION 5.2.1. DEFINITION A notation is a descriptor for data in non-SGML form and thus is handled by an external (non-SGML) processor. Theses notations are at the beginning of the WM DTD in the NOTATIONS paragraph. 5.2.2. CGM 5.2.2.1. CONTENT DEFINITION CGM notation content NAME CGM MEANING Computer Graphic Metafile TYPE DEFINITION REF NOTATION This notation defines the method by which CGM format graphic files are to be handled. The "optional system id" may be omitted or replaced by the location ('pathname') of the imaging software necessary to display or reproduce the graphic. This location is specific to the local system on which the document is being processed. 5.2.2.2. S AMPLES > 5.2.3. CCITT4 5.2.3.1. CONTENT DEFINITION CCITT4 notation content NAME CCITT4 MEANING CCITT Group4 TYPE NOTATION DEFINITION REF This notation defines the method by which CCITT Group4 format graphic files are to be handled. The "optional system id" may be omitted or replaced by the location ('pathname') of the imaging software necessary to display or reproduce the graphic. This location is specific to the local system on which the document is being processed. 5.2.3.2. S AMPLES A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > Page 175 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.2.4. GCF 5.2.4.1. CONTENT DEFINITION GCF notation content NAME GCF MEANING Graphic Companion File TYPE DEFINITION NOTATION This notation defines the method by which graphic companion files are to be handled. The "optional system id" may be omitted or replaced by the location ('pathname') of the imaging software necessary to display or reproduce the graphic. This location is specific to the local system on which the document is being processed REF 5.2.4.2. S AMPLES > 5.2.5. PDF 5.2.5.1. CONTENT DEFINITION PDF notation content NAME PDF MEANING Portable Document Format TYPE DEFINITION NOTATION REF This notation defines the method by which PDF format documents are to be handled. The "optional system id" may be omitted or replaced by the location ('pathname') of the software necessary to display or reproduce the document. This location is specific to the local system on which the document is being processed. 5.2.5.2. S AMPLES > 5.2.6. PNG 5.2.6.1. CONTENT DEFINITION PNG notation content NAME PNG MEANING Portable Network Graphics TYPE NOTATION DEFINITION REF This notation defines the method by which PNG format graphic files are to be handled. The "optional system id" may be omitted or replaced by the location ('pathname') of the software necessary to display or reproduce the graphic. This location is specific to the local system on which the document is being processed. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 176 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.2.6.2. S AMPLES > 5.2.7. JPEG 5.2.7.1. CONTENT DEFINITION JPEG notation content NAME JPEG MEANING Joint Photographic Experts Group TYPE DEFINITION NOTATION REF This notation defines the method by which JPEG format graphic files are to be handled. The "optional system id" may be omitted or replaced by the location ('pathname') of the software necessary to display or reproduce the JPEG. This location is specific to the local system on which the document is being processed. 5.2.7.2. S AMPLES > 5.2.8. VRML 5.2.8.1. CONTENT DEFINITION VRML notation content NAME VRML MEANING Virtual Reality Modeling Language TYPE NOTATION DEFINITION REF This notation defines the method by which VRML format 3-dimensional (3D) interactive vector graphics files are to be handled. The "optional system id" may be omitted or replaced by the location ('pathname') of the software necessary to display or reproduce the VRML. This location is specific to the local system on which the document is being processed. 5.2.8.2. S AMPLES A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > Page 177 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.2.9. MPEG 5.2.9.1. CONTENT DEFINITION MPEG notation content NAME MPEG MEANING Moving Pictures Experts Group TYPE DEFINITION NOTATION REF This notation defines the method by which MPEG format audio and video files are to be handled. The "optional system id" may be omitted or replaced by the location ('pathname') of the software necessary to display or reproduce the MPEG. This location is specific to the local system on which the document is being processed. 5.2.9.2. S AMPLES > 5.2.10. MP3 5.2.10.1. CONTENT DEFINITION MP3 notation content NAME MP3 MEANING MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer 3 TYPE NOTATION DEFINITION REF This notation defines the method by which MP3 format compressed audio files are to be handled. The "optional system id" may be omitted or replaced by the location ('pathname') of the software necessary to display or reproduce the MP3. This location is specific to the local system on which the document is being processed. 5.2.10.2. SAMPLES A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 178 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.3. REVISION MANAGEMENT 5.3.1. REVISION MANAGEMENT RULES ATA defines precise rules for revision marking at anchor level (cf. ATA DTD technical Requirements – iSpec 2200). These rules must be followed within SGML data. ATA Technical Requirements define the notion of anchor. An anchor is a structure element for which revision shall be marked globally, using the %REVATT entity attributes. Revision marking follows rules at two levels: • • The first differential level enables a comprehensive identification of revisions at anchor level, notably for data differential import. For the WM, the anchors are LEGALNTC , TRLI ST, VENDL I ST, SBLIST , COCLIST , EFF XREF, INTRO , GLOSSARY, CHAPT ER , SUBJECT , SECTION, L1ITEM , L2ITEM , L3ITEM , GRAPHIC , SH EET, EQIPLI ST, EXTWLI ST, EQROW, EXTWROW . All anchors include %REVATT entity in their definition. The second differential level consists in marking non-anchor elements or textual contents within an anchor. In this case, the REVST and REVEND empty elements bound the element contents that have been revised. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 179 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.3.2. %DELETED 5.3.2.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CHAPTER CONDROW EQROW EXTWROW GLOSSARY GRAPHIC L1ITEM L2ITEM L3ITEM SECTION SHEET SPCHAP SPSECT SPSUBJ SUBJECT TRANSLTR 5.3.2.2. CONTENT DEFINITION %DELETED element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. DELETED Deleted Anchor ELEMENT Used to indicate that the element is to be deleted on incorporation of this (partial) revision or has been deleted from this issue of a (total) revision. When an element is to be deleted and coded as DELETED it cannot have any contents at all, therefore none of its subordinate elements will be in the revising document instance. DELETED elements must have a CHG of D. CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. REF See §5.3.4 page 186 5.3.2.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The DELETED element is delivered in place of the content of a deleted anchor (for which the CH G attribute is set to 'D'). CHGDESC elements may be delivered in addition to the DELETED element to precise the reason for deletion Remark: The DELETED element is systematically surrounded by a REVST/REVEND pair. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 180 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.3.2.4. S AMPLES A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 181 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.3.3. %REVATT 5.3.3.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CHAPTER COCLIST CONDLIST CONDROW EFFXREF EQIPLIST EQROW EXTWLIST EXTWROW GLOSSARY GRAPHIC HAZMTLST INTRO L1ITEM L2ITEM L3ITEM LEGALNTC MFREVREC SBLIST SECTION SHEET SPCHAP SPSECT SPSUBJ SUBJECT TRANSLTR TRLIST TTLPAGE VENDLIST 5.3.3.2. CONTENT DEFINITION %REVATT element content NAME %REVATT MEANING Revision Attributes TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. %REVATT element attributes NAME CHG MEANING Change Reason TYPE N | R | D | U DEFINITION REF Indicates the reason for revision for the element to which this attribute applies. Indicates the transaction status of the individual record or Explanation Code Segment being transmitted. KEY Anchor Key Identifier ID A unique identifier for the element. Partial revisions use this identifier to position new anchor elements within an existing database. The key does not contain any 'intelligence' about the content, level or absolute position of the element. REVDATE Revision Date NUMBER Day, month, year of the revision date associated with the element to which this attribute applies. Gives the date when the element was last revised. Must be given in format of 'YYYYMMDD'. 5.3.3.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 5.3.3.3.1. 'CHG' ATTRIBUTE Revision of anchors is indicated by filling in the CHG attribute. This revision code is positioned at one of the following values: • N: New anchor A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 182 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual • R: Revised anchor • D: Deleted anchor • U: Unchanged anchor There are propagation rules for anchor revision marking, namely no ascendant propagation rules. To sum up the different cases: • • • if only the content of a sub-anchor is revised, then the anchor is considered as “unchanged ”, if the structure of the sub-anchors within an anchor (adding, deleting) changes, then the anchor is considered as “revised ”, if the properties of the anchor are revised, then the anchor is considered as “revised ”. Concerning deleted anchors (anchor deleted at T revision), there is a particular management: the revision following the deletion of an anchor (revision T+1), still shows the anchor: • with its identifier, • and with the DELETED element instead of its content. • At T+2 revision, the anchor totally disappears from the SGML document. 5.3.3.3.2. 'REVDATE' ATTRIBUTE The revision date associated to an anchor corresponds to the last manual date where this anchor was created, revised or deleted, thus, the REVDATE value depends on the CH G attribute: • • If CH G is set to "N", "R" or "D", REVDATE is set to the current manual issue date (REVDATE of the ROOT element) If CH G is set to "U", REVDATE is set to the previous manual issue date where the anchor was created or revised. 5.3.3.3.3. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE The KE Y attribute is a unique and constant value throughout the revisions. It is composed as follows, according to the anchor to which it refers: KEY ANCHOR LEGALNTC Rule Example LEGALNTC ENLEGALNTC TRLIST TRLIST ENTRLIST INTRO INTRO ENINTRO EFFXREF ENEFFXREF SBLIST ENSBLIST EFFXREF SBLIST A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 183 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual KEY COCLIST COCLIST ENCOCLIST GLOSSARY GLOSSARY ENGLOSSARY VENDLIST VENDLIST ENVENDLIST EQIPLIST EQIPLIST ENEQIPLIST A sequence of 32 characters maximum M606874YU3483E1592TB3A11C451 POB4 EXTWLIST EXTWLIST ENEXTWLIST EXTWROW A sequence of 32 characters maximum HD3EYTR71637806957D9CD5A177A 6596 EN000000000 EQROW L1ITEM Remark : in introduction , and are set to “00” L2ITEM EN00000000001 Remark : in introduction , and are set to “00” - L3ITEM Remark : in introduction , and are set to “00” EN0000000000103 or CHAPTER EN05 SECTION EN4210 SUBJECT EN421000W0 GRAPHIC in introduction context: '000000000' in breakdown context : in introduction context (A380): SHEET _ in introduction context (A320 family, A330/A340): 0000000 EN00000000000000001 EN421117S00001 EN00000000000000001_ADM001 EN0000000AGM001 in breakdown context : A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide EN421117S0000101 Page 184 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual KEY components FIELD FORMAT Meaning 2 No limit 1 Engine configuration suffix (letter or zero '0') 5 Graphic sequence number 2 Language code (LANG attribute of top-level element). Always ‘EN’ value 4 PAGENBR attribute 15 Parent GRAPHIC KEY attribute 4 Graphic internal reference 3 Page block number + page block configuration 1 Diagram type No limit 2 SECTNBR attribute 5 Sequence number 2 SHEETNBR attribute 1 Configuration letter 2 SUBJNBR attribute 3 Variant number 3 Sheet revision number CHAPNBR attribute Sequence number String of characters without blank A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 185 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.3.4. CHGDESC 5.3.4.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CHAPTER COCLIST CONDLIST CONDROW CUSREVREC EFFXREF EQIPLIST EQROW EXTWLIST EXTWROW GLOSSARY GRAPHIC INTRO L1ITEM L2ITEM L3ITEM MFREVREC SBLIST SECTION SHEET SPCHAP SPSECT SPSUBJ SUBJECT TRANSLTR TTLPAGE %DELETED 5.3.4.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CHGDESC element content NAME CHGDESC MEANING Change Description TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. 5.3.4.3. INSTANTIATION RULES Here below is a list of the most frequent change descriptions. CHANGE DESCRIPTION CHGDESC CONTENT PARENT ELEMENT MANUAL PAGEBLOCK LAYOUT CHANGED INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM PAGE BLOCK TITLE UPDATED INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM GRAPHIC REFERENCE ADDED/REVISED/DELETED INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM ILLUSTRATION TITLE UPDATED GRAPHIC ASM, AWL, AWM ILLUSTRATION REVISED SHEET ASM, AWL, AWM SHEET TITLE UPDATED SHEET ASM, AWM GRAPHIC CHANGED GRAPHIC ASM, AWM SHEET ADDED GRAPHIC ASM, AWM SHEET DELETED GRAPHIC ASM, AWM MOD. XXXX INCORPORATED SHEET ASM, AWM MOD. XXXX REMOVED INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM SHEET ASM, AWM A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 186 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual CHANGE DESCRIPTION INCORPORATED (SB) INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM SHEET ASM, AWM INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM SHEET ASM, AWM INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM SHEET ASM, AWM INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM GRAPHIC ASM, AWM INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM SHEET ASM, AWM INTRO ASM, AWL, AWM SHEET ASM, AWM C. XXXX INCORPORATED SHEET ASM, AWM C. XXXX REMOVED SHEET ASM, AWM C. XXXX INCORPORATED SHEET ASM, AWM CI. XXXX REMOVED SHEET ASM, AWM ADDED / REVISED COORDINATES SHEET ASM, AWM REMOVED/REJECTED (SB) INCORPORATED (SIL) EFFECTIVITY UPDATED INCORPORATED (COC) REMOVED/REJECTED (COC) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 187 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.3.5. ISEMPTY 5.3.5.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : COCLIST SBLIST TRLIST 5.3.5.2. CONTENT DEFINITION ISEMPTY element content NAME ISEMPTY MEANING An Empty Element TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Used to indicate that an element intentionally does not contain any data. It is not used to indicate that an element is being deleted. The element DELETED is used for that purpose. 5.3.5.3. INSTANTIATION RULES Some SGML structures may have no data effective for the aircraft documented in the manual; in this case an ISEMPTY element is provided in place of the usual structure content to indicate this. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 188 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.3.6. REVST 5.3.6.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WM 5.3.6.2. CONTENT DEFINITION REVST element content NAME REVST MEANING Revision Start TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Marks the start of data which has been revised. This tag identifies that all data following the tag, until the tag REVEND is reached is revised with information from the manufacturer in this revision of the Document Instance. 5.3.6.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 5.3.6.3.1. GENERAL RULES ATA Technical Requirements specify the following rules for REVST and REVEND tags instantiation: • REVST and REVEND tags must be inserted immediately before and after the revised data content • no overlapping of REVST and REVEND tags is allowed • REVST and REVEND tags shall not cross over the lowest anchor level • REVST and REVEND tags must be used in addition to the anchor level revision level. Moreover, this data flow revision level marking follows propagation rules, regarding anchor revision: when an anchor is marked as “New” ( CH G attribute set to 'N'), only its non-anchor elements are surrounded by REVST and REVEND elements. Descending anchors are set to “New” and their contained elements follow the same rule. 5.3.6.3.2. EFFECTIVITY REVISION MARKING RULES In the effectivity mechanism, the relevant information (effectivity statement, effectivity condition, etc.) are delivered in the EFFECT/SBEFF/COCEFF attributes. In order to identify revision of these attributes precise and non-ambiguous rules are needed. As [TECHREQ] does not provide a revision marking mechanism for effectivity attributes, new rules based on REVST/REVEND combined with EFFECT elements are defined. Here are the precise instantiation rules for effectivity revision marking. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 189 July 2013 • A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual New EFFECT element The whole EFFECT element is surrounded by the REVST and REVEND element. • Modification of an existing EFFECT element (EFFRG or EFFTEXT attributes) The sequence REVST REVEN D is inserted immediately before the EFFECT closing tag. • New SBEFF or COCEFF element within an existing EFFECT element The whole SBEFF or COCEFF element is surrounded by the REVST and REVEND element. • Modification of an existing SBEFF or COCEFF element The sequence REVST REVEND is inserted immediately before the SBEFF or COCEFF element. • SBEFF or COCEFF element deletion within EFFECT element The sequence REVST / REVEN D / REVST / REVEND is inserted to avoid confusing this case with modification of an ‘ EFFECT ’ element. This means the SB or COC has been retrofitted on all A/C of the fleet. The SBEFF or COCEFF element is no longer present in the delivery. Remark This last rule only gives the information that an SB is embodied on all A/C of the fleet, but no indication about which SB has been retrofitted. 5.3.6.4. S AMPLES • Effectivity revision sample • T – A documentary unit is valid for all aircraft of the fleet. ... • T+1 – Mod. A provided for A/C 101-200 with different configuration. A new documentary unit is then created. ... • T+2 – SB A (Mod. A equivalent) is proposed by the manufacturer for A/C 001-005 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 190 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual ... • T+3 – SB A is embodied on A/C 001-003 ... ... • T+4 – SB A is embodied on A/C 004-005 (full retrofit) Note: after full retrofit, the SB mention remains in the delivery A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 191 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 192 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.3.7. REVEND 5.3.7.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WM 5.3.7.2. CONTENT DEFINITION REVEND element content NAME REVEND MEANING Revision End TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Marks the end of data which has been revised. This tag identifies the end of revised data started by the tag REVST. 5.3.7.3. INSTANTIATION RULES See §5.3.6 REVST for more information on the REVEND element instantiation rules. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 193 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.4. EFFECTIVITY MANAGEMENT 5.4.1. EFFECT 5.4.1.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CAUTION CHAPTER CONDROW EQROW EXTWROW GRAPHIC GRPHCREF LIST1 NOTE PRETOPIC SECTION SHEET SPCHAP SPSECT SPSUBJ SUBJECT WARNING 5.4.1.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EFFECT element content NAME EFFECT MEANING Effectivity TYPE DEFINITION ELEMENT Indicates t he applicability of i tems, materials and/or technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. REF The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 194 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual EFFECT element content SBEFF Service Bulletin Effectivity ELEMENT The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components to which Service Bulletin text or graphic apply. Used to further define the overall Effectivity (EFFECT) resulting from the incorporation (or non-incorporation) of Service Bulletins. The effectivity can be given as a computer interpretable string of numbers (EFFRG) and/or a human readable text string (EFFTEXT). COCEFF Customer Originated Change Effectivity ELEMENT The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft applicable to data either produced by the customer (operator) within their own database or within the manufacturer's 'master' database. The effectivity can be either given as a computer interpretable string of aircraft identification numbers (Effectivity Range) or as a human readable only sentence (Effectivity Text). EFFECT element attributes NAME EFFRG MEANING Effectivity Range TYPE CDATA DEFINITION REF Gives the range of identifiers for equipment to which the text, graphic, or graphical object is applicable For aircraft maintenance publications, gives the range of aircraft in the fleet to which the text, graphic, or graphical object is applicable. It includes repeating effectivity codes where the first characters are for the first aircraft and the last characters are for the last aircraft applicable for the entry. For engine maintenance publications, gives the specific model(s) for which the text or graphic is applicable. It includes engine model number or engine model aircraft combination code(s). Multiple engines for aircraft effectivity ranges are separated by a single space. EFFTEXT Effectivity Text CDATA Gives a description of how the effectivity of the element is to be applied depending on the aircraft status, configuration, modification embodiment etc. This content is only human readable; therefore automated effectivity selections will not be possible. EFFTYPE Effectivity Type CDATA A classification of effectivity coding schemes for the Effectivity Range. When used at the document level, identifies the standard effectivity type for the entire document. The type of effectivity (usually from the Effectivity Cross Reference List) which designates the type of effectivity identification that is being used in the EFFRG attribute. When used at t he document level, this attribute identifies the standard effectivity type for the entire document. EFFLEN Effectivity Length NUMBER The length of the 'field' that contains effectivity; this will either be a range or a single effectivity. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 195 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual SBEFF element attributes NAME EFFRG MEANING Effectivity Range TYPE CDATA DEFINITION REF Gives the range of identifiers for equipment to which the text, graphic, or graphical object is applicable For aircraft maintenance publications, gives the range of aircraft in the fleet to which the text, graphic, or graphical object is applicable. It includes repeating effectivity codes where the first characters are for the first aircraft and the last characters are for the last aircraft applicable for the entry. For engine maintenance publications, gives the specific model(s) for which the text or graphic is applicable. It includes engine model number or engine model aircraft combination code(s). Multiple engines for aircraft effectivity ranges are separated by a single space. SBNBR Service Bulletin Number CDATA The identifier of a Service Bulletin. This identifier must include information regarding the aircraft or engine type, the model, the ATA number, and the sequence number necessary to uniquely identify the Service Bulletin. SBCOND Service Bulletin Condition CDATA The condition ("pre" or "post") of a Service Bulletin to be associated with the effectivity. COORD Coordinate CDATA The 'X' and 'Y' coordinate of the location of the impact of the Service Bulletin (SB) or Customer Originated Change (COC) on a schematic. EFFTEXT Effectivity Text CDATA Gives a description of how the effectivity of the element is to be applied depending on the aircraft status, configuration, modification embodiment etc. This content is only human readable; therefore automated effectivity selections will not be possible. EFFTYPE Effectivity Type CDATA A classification of effectivity coding schemes for the Effectivity Range. When used at the document level, identifies the standard effectivity type for the entire document. The type of effectivity (usually from the Effectivity Cross Reference List) which designates the type of effectivity identification that is being used in the EFFRG attribute. When used at the document level, this attribute identifies the standard effectivity type for the entire document. EFFLEN Effectivity Length NUMBER The length of the 'field' that contains effectivity; this will either be a range or a single effectivity. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 196 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual COCEFF element attributes NAME EFFRG MEANING Effectivity Range TYPE CDATA DEFINITION REF Gives the range of identifiers for equipment to which the text, graphic, or graphical object is applicable For aircraft maintenance publications, gives the range of aircraft in the fleet to which the text, graphic, or graphical object is applicable. It includes repeating effectivity codes where the first characters are for the first aircraft and the last characters are for the last aircraft applicable for the entry. For engine maintenance publications, gives the specific model(s) for which the text or graphic is applicable. It includes engine model number or engine model aircraft combination code(s). Multiple engines for aircraft effectivity ranges are separated by a single space. COCNBR Customer Originated Change Number CDATA The identification number of the Customer Originated Change associated with the effectivity COCCOND Customer Originated Change Effectivity CDATA The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft applicable to data either produced by the customer (operator) within their own database or within the manufacturer's 'master' database. The installation condition ("pre" or "post") of a Customer Originated Change to be associated with the effectivity. COORD Coordinate CDATA The 'X' and 'Y' coordinate of the location of the impact of the Service Bulletin (SB) or Customer Originated Change (COC) on a schematic. EFFTEXT Effectivity Text CDATA Gives a description of how the effectivity of the element is to be applied depending on the aircraft status, configuration, modification embodiment etc. This content is only human readable; therefore automated effectivity selections will not be possible. EFFTYPE Effectivity Type CDATA A classification of effectivity coding schemes for the Effectivity Range. When used at the document level, identifies the standard effectivity type for the entire document. The type of effectivity (usually from the Effectivity Cross Reference List) which designates the type of effectivity identification that is being used in the EFFRG attribute. When used at the document level, this attribute identifies the standard effectivity type for the entire document. EFFLEN Effectivity Length NUMBER The length of the 'field' that contains effectivity; this will either be a range or a single effectivity. 5.4.1.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 5.4.1.3.1. EFFECTIVITY DEFINITION Effectivities are provided using the mechanism recommended by the document [TECHREQ] and are expressed in FSN. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 197 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Effectivity is expressed using the EFFRG attribute. The general effectivity of an element may be completed by effectivity linked to a Service Bulletin ( SBEFF element) or to a customer-originated change (COCEFF element). The EFFECT , SBEFF and COCEFF elements are used to distinguish actual effectivity from the scheduled effectivity: • • Actual effectivity (also named hard or production / retrofit effectivity), provided within the EFFECT element. Data is effective for certain for these A/C. Conditional effectivity (also called soft or scheduled effectivity), provided within the SBEFF or COCEFF elements. Data is valid for these A/C only under condition. This condition is expressed using SBEFF or COCEFF elements. A given documentary unit is valid for all A/C listed present in the EFFECT element EFFRG attribute. 5.4.1.3.2. 'EFFRG' ATTRIBUTE 5.4.1.3.2.1. Ranges expression The EFFRG attribute, defined for EFFECT , SBEFF and COCEFF elements, is the basis of effectivity statement. Its content is closely linked with the EFFLEN and EFFTYPE attributes of the root element, which specify the kind of effectivity used in the whole manual. For fleet-customized manuals, the effectivity criterion used to express effectivity is the Fleet Serial Number, tagged within the CEC element in the Effectivity Cross-Reference Table and coded in 3 digits. EFFLEN and EFFTYPE are then valued as follows: • EFFTYPE='CEC' • EFFLEN='3' These values provide all information needed to interpret effectivity ranges. This mean all EFFRG attributes will be filled in with FSN values. Fleet-customized manuals contain only ranges; discrete values being expressed as a one-value range. • Range expression samples / interpretation rules: Reminder: For fleet-customized manuals, EFFTYPE ='CEC' and EFFLEN ='3' Effectivity ranges Fleet Serial Numbers 001 002 003 004 005 effrg='001005' X X X X X effrg='001003 005005' X X X X 'X' value means the FSN is included in the effectivity statement. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 198 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.4.1.3.2.2. 'ALL' expression If a documentary unit is valid for all A/C of the fleet, i.e. all the A/C described in the EFFXREF element, the concatenation of the first and last possible values is provided, according to the effectivity criterion type and the EFFLEN attribute value. For fleet-customized manuals, the effectivity criterion type is the FSN and its EFFLEN is 3. Boundaries of possible values are “001” and “999”. So, to express a whole fleet effectivity, the statement effrg =“001999” is generated. The notion of "ALL" generation is only valid for actual effectivity ( EFFECT element EFFRG attribute). 5.4.1.3.2.3. Ranges opening Ranges expression for actual effectivity uses the concept of range opening: when the last value of an effectivity range is the last real effectivity criterion value known of its range (refer to ECT element for more details); it is replaced by the last value dedicated to its range. This notably avoids generating revision marks only for effectivity change. New bought A/C will be added at the end of an existing range. The notion of range opening is only valid for actual effectivity ( EFFECT element EFFRG attribute). • Range opening sample: • T revision: • • The fleet is composed of A/C 001 to 005 defined in the 001 – 100 range, and of A/C 101 to 103 in the 101 - 200 range. An anchor is effective for A/C 001 to 005. However, FSN 005 is the last real A/C of its range. The anchor production / retrofit effectivity will then be expressed as follows: effrg=”001100” • T + 1 revision: • • The airline purchased A/C 006, defined in the 001-100 range. The anchor delivered at T revision is also effective for this FSN. However, the open range statement prevents delivering revision marks for this effectivity statement. It remains the same: effrg=”001100” 5.4.1.3.2.4. Criterion values neutralization Neutralization of an effectivity criterion value means this number is removed from the numeration base. The notion of value neutralization is only valid for actual effectivity ( EFFECT element EFFRG attribute). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 199 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.4.1.3.3. CONDITIONAL EFFECTIVITY – SBEFF, COCEFF ELEMENTS 5.4.1.3.3.1. General case (Airbus SB and Vendor SB covered by An Airbus SB) Criteria (SB or COC) are managed using SBEFF and COCEFF elements. These elements contain the following attributes: • EFFRG : effectivity range for which the criterion effectivity provided in the SBEFF/COCEFF element is applicable. Range opening is not applicable in this context. • SBNBR /COCNBR : Criteria unique identifier, as defined in the SBLIST or COCLIST . A criteria may have several status according to the documentary unit where it is specified. This status is provided in the SBCOND / COCCOND attribute, which may be set to the following values: • • 'PRE': which means that the documentary unit is effective for the A/C specified in the EFFRG attribute as long as the criterion is not embodied on these A/C. 'POST': which means that the documentary unit is effective for the A/C specified in the EFFRG attribute once the criterion is embodied on these A/C. The 'PRE' and 'POST' values refer to the conditional effectivity: the criterion has been accepted by the customer but the airline did not report any criterion embodiment. Another value is used to track the Service Bulletin or physical Customer Originated Change embodiment status once it is reported by the airline: • 'EMB': which means that the criterion is embodied for the A/C specified in the EFFRG attribute. In this case the A/C which have embodied the SB or COC are delivered both in the EFFRG attributes of the SBEFF / COCEFF and EFFECT elements. Remark It may happen that a documentary unit is only valid for a scheduled Service Bulletin or Customer Originated Change (POST condition). In this particular case, the embedding EFFECT element contains only the scheduled SB / COC effectivity (SBEFF / COCEFF), it will not contain any attribute. 5.4.1.3.3.2. Rules For Pure Vendor SB Pure Vendor Service Bulletin (SB) effectivity (EFFECT /SBEFF ) rules are specific: • the SB number ( SBNBR attribute value of the SBEFF element) associated with a Vendor SB is set as follows: A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 200 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual VENDOR__ with: • • • • • : Vendor CAGE/NCAGE code as given in the SB List (SBNRMFR /M F R element content) : SB number as given in the SB List ( SBNRMFR /SBNBR element content) no reporting is managed for Vendor SB: a Vendor SB is only delivered with a “POST” condition (no “PRE” or ”EMB” condition management). SBCOND attribute of the SBEFF element is systematically set to “POST”, EFFRG attribute of the EFFECT element is never delivered for Vendor SB , Aircraft ranges are only delivered in EFFRG attribute of the SBEFF element. Sample of Vendor SB effectivity ... 5.4.1.3.4. MODIFICATION COORDINATES IN ASM/AWM – 'COORD' ATTRIBUTE In the ASM or AWM manual, the COORD attribute may be delivered in a SBEFF or COCEFF effectivity associated with a SHEET to indicate the coordinates of the graphical modifications linked to the SB/COC. The COORD attribute value is made of letter-numeric pair of values, referencing the rule graduations present on the sheet borders (e.g. C2 E4 D6 G6). If an SB/COC modifies more than 10% of an illustration ( SHEET ) , then the COORD attribute is set to '*'. 5.4.1.3.5. SB/COC ACTION CODE – 'EFFTEXT' ATTRIBUTE In the AWL manual, the EFFTEXT attribute may be delivered in an SBEFF or COCEFF element associated with an EQROW or an EXTWROW element to provide the action code (or modification status) linked to the Service Bulletin/COC. The action code (EFFTEXT attribute) can take the following values: • • 'R' : the Service Bulletin/COC modifies an existing equipment or wire. 'D': the Service Bulletin/COC removes an equipment or wire. The 'D' action code information is only delivered within PRE SB/COC ( SBCOND = ”PRE” or = ”PRE” ) equipment or wires (The equipment or wire does not exist COCCOND after SB/COC embodiment). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 201 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual • 'I': the Service Bulletin/COC installs a new equipment or wire. The 'I' action code is only delivered within POST SB/COC ( SBCOND = ”POST” or = ”POST” ) or equipment or wire (The equipment or wire did not COCCOND exist before SB/COC embodiment). 5.4.1.3.5.1. Sample of wire modification • T0: Two wires (W1a and W1b) correspond to two variants of the same wire. Wire W1a corresponds to the Mod A configuration criterion and is installed on aircraft 001 and 002 whereas wire W1b corresponds to the Mod B configuration criterion and is installed on aircraft 003 and 004 ... ... • T1: SB 28-8907 modifies the wire from W1a to W1b for Aircraft 001-002 ... ... 5.4.1.3.5.2. Sample of wire deletion • T0: A wire W1 is installed on aircraft 001 and 002 ... • T1: SB 24-3142 removes the wire W1 ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 202 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 5.4.1.3.5 5.4.1.3.5.3. .3. Sample Sample of of wire wire installation installation • T0: A wire is installed on aircraft 001 and 002 effrg=”00100 2”> ... • T1: SB 25-5412 installs a new wire on aircraft 003 and 004. effrg=”00100 2”> ... 5.4.1. 5.4.1.4. 4. S AMPLES (EFFECTIVITY LIFE-CYCLE GENERAL SAMPLE) T The fleet is composed as follows: • A/C 001-005 in the “001-100” range corresponding to the configuration described in the EQROW 1. ... T+1 The fleet is composed as follows: • • A/C 001-005 in the “001-100” range corresponding to a configuration described in the EQROW 1. A/C 101-103 in the “101-200” range corresponding to another configuration described in the EQROW 2. ... ... T+2 The fleet is the same but the SB 21-8047 (modification equivalent to the configuration of A/C 101-103) is proposed by the manufacturer and accepted by the customer for A/C 001-005. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 203 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual ... ... The The EQRO EQROW W 1 is effe effecti ctive ve for for A/C A/C 001001-00 005 5 if the the SB is not not embo embodi died ed ('PR ('PRE' E' statement). The EQROW 2 is effective for A/C 001-005 if the SB is embodied ('POST' statement). Note: Actual effectivity (EFFECT element element)) is express expressed ed using using open open ranges ranges,, while while conditional effectivity (SBEFF element) element) is expressed using precise statements. T+3 SB 21-8047 is embodied on A/C 001-003. ... ... The EQROW EQROW 1 is no longer longer effecti effective ve for A/C 001 to 003. 003. They They are remove removed d from from EQROW EQROW 1 effecti effectivity vity,, both both in actual actual effecti effectivit vity y (EFFEC (EFFECT T element element)) and "PRE "PRE SB" SB" statement (SBEFF element). The EQROW 2 is valid for A/C 001 to 003. They are added to the EQROW 2 actual effect effectivit ivity y (EFFE (EFFECT CT element element)) and to the EQROW EQROW 2 “EMB “EMB SB” SB” stateme statement nt (SBEF (SBEFF F element). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 204 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual T+4 SB 21-8047 is reported by the customer as embodied on A/C 004-005 (full retrofit). ... After full SB retrofit, the SB mention remains in the “EMB SB” statement ( SBEFF element). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 205 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 5.4.2. 5.4.2. COCST COCST 5.4.2. 5.4.2.1. 1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WM 5.4.2. 5.4.2.2. 2. CONTENT DEFINITION COCST element content NAME COCST MEANING Customer Originated Change Start TYPE ELEM ELEMEN ENT T DEFINITION REF Cust Custom omer er requ reques este ted d data data to be added added or remo remove ved d from from the operators manual. Customer specific data is supplied to the manufacturer for incorporation. Customer Originated Change Start Tag identifies that all data following the tag, until the tag COCEND is reached, is information provided by the customer for whom the data is effective. Note: The REVST - REVEND tags must be used in conjunction with the COCST - COCEND tags to indicate changes in the COC data. 5.4.2. 5.4.2.3. 3. INSTANTIATION RULES The data impacted by a COC (Customer ( Customer Originated Change) is encapsulated in a COCST / COCEND pair. pair. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 206 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 5.4.3. COCEND COCEND 5.4.3. 5.4.3.1. 1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WM 5.4.3. 5.4.3.2. 2. CONTENT DEFINITION COCEND element content NAME COCEND MEANING Customer Originated Change End TYPE ELEM ELEMEN ENT T DEFINITION REF Cust Custom omer er requ reques este ted d data data to be added added or remo remove ved d from from the operators manual. Customer specific data is supplied to the manufacturer for incorporation. The The Custo Custome merr Origi Origina nated ted End tag mark markss the end of customer revised data started by the tag COCST. 5.4.3. 5.4.3.3. 3. INSTANTIATION RULES See §5.4.2 §5.4.2 COCST for COCST for more information on the COCEND element element instantiation rules. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 207 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 5.5. EXTERNAL REFERENCES MANAGEMENT 5.5.1. 5.5.1. REFEXT REFEXT 5.5.1. 5.5.1.1. 1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CH20REF DIAGREF HDIAGNBR MFMATR PARA REFBLOCK PARA REFBLOCK 5.5.1. 5.5.1.2. 2. CONTENT DEFINITION REFEXT element content NAME REFEXT MEANING Reference (External) TYPE ELEM ELEMEN ENT T DEFINITION REF A refer referen ence ce to text text or a struc structu ture re in anot anothe herr manua manual. l. Identifies a reference to another manual or document. Conta Contains ins the 'huma 'human n reada readable ble'' text text expla explaini ining ng the reference. The attributes give the information necessary to allow the system to resolve the reference. REFEXT element attributes NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REFMAN Referenced Manual CDA CDATA Manu Manual al code code for for the the manu anual bein being g ref refer eren ence ced. d. REFLOC Referenced Location CDATA Identi entiffies ies a loc locatio tion in ano anothe ther manu manual al as as def define ined by REFMAN and/or REFTYPE. This attribute is analogous to the REFID of the REFINT element, but because an external reference may not be resolvable by the system it is not explicitly defined as an SGML ID. REF 5.5.1. 5.5.1.3. 3. INSTANTIATION RULES The REFEXT element element is a container that gathers all information needed to instantiate a link to external data; either it is a whole document or it is a precise part of a document. The precise target location is expressed using the REFEXT element element attributes. 5.5.1. 5.5.1.3.1 3.1.. 'REFMA 'REFMAN' N' ATTRIB ATTRIBUT UTE E The REFMAN attribute attribute value is set to the target manual's abbreviated name. Hereafter is the list of possible target manuals and their abbreviated name used to fill the REFMAN attribute: attribute: A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 208 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Manual full name Abbreviated name, used to fill REFMAN attribute Aircraft Maintenance Manual AMM Aircraft Schematic Manual SSM Aircraft Wiring Manual WDM Electrical Standard Practices Manual ESPM 5.5.1.3.2. 'REFLOC' ATTRIBUTE If the target of the expressed link is a document section, the REFLOC attribute value is set to the section identifier within the target document. This identifier depends on the target manual type. Most of the time it is a structure element reference (e.g. A chapter). Manual full name REFLOC Attribute Aircraft Maintenance Manual - Glossary GLOSSARY Aircraft Schematic Manual Aircraft Wiring Manual Electrical Standard Practices Manual 5.5.1.4. S AMPLES SSM 22-85-03 WDM 71-51-03 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 209 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.6. GRAPHIC REFERENCES MECHANISM 5.6.1. GRPHCREF 5.6.1.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA REFBLOCK 5.6.1.2. CONTENT DEFINITION GRPHCREF element content NAME GRPHCREF MEANING Graphic Reference TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Data relating the current information to information at another location either internal or external to the current source. Identifies the text describing a reference to a graphic. It is used at the beginning of an anchor when the graphic is applicable to the whole anchor. This tag can also used within the text. EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates t he applicability of i tems, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. page 194 The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 210 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual GRPHCREF element attributes NAME REFID MEANING Reference Identification TYPE IDREF DEFINITION REF The identifier of an object (text or graphics) in the same manual to which a reference is made. The key of an anchor element elsewhere in the document instance to which a reference is made. SHOWNOW % YESORNO Indicator to determine whether the graphic should be displayed upon navigation 5.6.1.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The GRPHCREF element is a reference to a graphic (GRAPHIC element) in the text. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 211 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.6.2. GRAPHIC 5.6.2.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : ENTRY INCREV SUBJECT TABLE TR TTLPAGE %TEXT 5.6.2.2. CONTENT DEFINITION GRAPHIC element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF GRAPHIC A collection of Illustrations. ELEMENT A place holder for a set of graphic images (normally in the form of Sheet elements). EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates t he applicability of i tems, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. page 194 The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §5.3.4 page 186 Page 212 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual GRAPHIC element content TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 SHEET Sheet ELEMENT To allow a physically large graphic image to be sent and referenced in smaller (page-sized) parts. The SHEET also provides the actual link between the text-based document instance and a single graphic image 'file'. A graphic must therefore always consist of at least one sheet element. See §5.6.3 page 218 %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 GRAPHIC element attributes NAME CHAPPREF MEANING Chapter Prefix TYPE CDATA DEFINITION REF A u nique i dentifier f or c hapters w ith m ultiple e ngine types. This identifier is used with the AMTOSS numbering scheme. Used to distinguish between multiple engine chapters within an SGML Instance. An example would be a SGML Instance with 2 Chapter 71; one for Rolls Royce Engines and one for G.E. engines. At the chapter level it is still expected that the effectivity would call out the appropriate engine types (i.e. Rolls Royce, GE, P&W, etc). GTYPE Graphic Type ss | wd | il Indicates a type of Graphic such as SS (System Schematic), WD (Wiring Diagram) or IL (Illustration). CHAPNBR Chapter Number NUMBER A number that links the aircraft system to a place in a document. Identification number of a chapter. For documents defined in ATA iSpec 2200 this is a 2 or 3 digit number. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a chapter will be identified with the number of its parent chapter. SECTNBR Section Number NUMBER Identification number of a section. For documents defined by ATA maintenance specifications this is a 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a section will be identified with the number of its parent section. SUBJNBR Subject Number NUMBER Identification number of a Subject, Unit, or SubSubsystem. A 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA iSpec 2200. SUBJECT: gives the number associated with the SUBJECT to which this attribute applies. All others: gives the number of the parent SUBJECT which contains the element to which this attribute applies. Also forms the third element of the AMTOSS/JEMTOSS number where applicable. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 213 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual GRAPHIC element attributes PAGENBR Page Number CDATA The sequential page number of the wiring diagram or system schematic within the Chapter-Section-Subject breakdown. Wiring Diagrams normally begin at 001 and System Schematics at 101. These numbers are not customized, reused or reassigned on deletions. SCHEMNBR Scheme Number NUMBER Identifies a variation in the configuration of an aircraft or range within a Chapter-Section-Subject-pagenumber. %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 5.6.2.3. INSTANTIATION RULES The GRAPHIC elements delivered in the ASM and AWM breakdown correspond to electrical diagrams of a "sub-sub-system". In the ASM breakdown, GRAPHIC elements represent schematic diagrams while in the AWM breakdown, they represent wiring diagrams. All equipment and wires listed in the AWL are represented in a schematic or wiring diagram in the ASM or AWM. According to its functional importance, one equipment can be either the main subject of a diagram or a sub-part of a diagram. In both the ASM and AWM manuals, several GRAPHIC variants may be delivered to illustrate variants of a specific "sub-sub-system". In such cases different PAGENBR attribute values are associated with each variant (GRAPHIC ). When used in the Introduction (INTRO element), the GRAPHIC elements do not correspond to electrical diagrams, they only support textual i nformation. 5.6.2.3.1. 'TITLE' ELEMENT The T I T L E element is always delivered. 5.6.2.3.2. 'CHAPNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit number identifying the ancestor chapter number. The CHAPNBR attribute value is inherited from the CHAPNBR attribute of the ancestor CHAPTER element. The CHAPNBR attribute is systematically delivered in the GRAPHIC element. Remark: For GRAPHIC elements delivered in the INTRO content, the CHAPNBR attribute value is set to '00'. 5.6.2.3.3. 'SECTNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit number identifying the ancestor section number. The SECTNBR attribute value is inherited from the SECTNBR attribute of the ancestor SECTION element. The SECTNBR attribute is systematically delivered in the GRAPHIC element. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 214 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Remark: For GRAPHIC elements delivered in the INTRO content, the SECTNBR attribute value is set to '00'. 5.6.2.3.4. 'SUBJNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit number identifying the ancestor subject number. The SUBJNBR attribute value is inherited from the SUBJNBR attribute of the ancestor SUBJECT element. The SUBJNBR attribute is systematically delivered in the GRAPHIC element. Remark: For GRAPHIC elements delivered in the INTRO content, the SUBJNBR attribute value is set to '00'. 5.6.2.3.5. 'PAGENBR' ATTRIBUTE The PAGENBR attribute is a 4-digit sequential value (not necessarily consecutive), which identifies a diagram variant. The PAGENBR value is included in the 0001-9999 interval, it is independent of the diagram type (wiring or schematic) The PAGENBR attribute is not used in GRAPHIC elements delivered in the Introduction (INTRO element). 5.6.2.3.6. 'SCHEMNBR' ATTRIBUTE The SCHEMNBR attribute is a two-digit value equal to the subject number ( SUBJNBR attribute). The SCHEMNBR attribute is only delivered in the ASM breakdown. It is neither used in GRAPHIC elements in the Introduction (INTRO element) nor in the AWM. 5.6.2.3.7. 'CHAPPREF' ATTRIBUTE The CHAPPREF attribute is mandatory for all engine graphics. The CHAPPREF attribute value is inherited from the CHAPPREF attribute of the ancestor SUBJECT element. The CHAPPREF value is constituted of a set of engine models separated by blank characters (' '). The CHAPPREF attribute is not used in GRAPHIC elements delivered in the Introduction (INTRO element). 5.6.2.3.8. 'GTYPE' ATTRIBUTE The GTYPE attribute is systematically instantiated. There are three possible values: • “WD” to indicate a Wiring Diagram type in the AWM except in the Introduction (INTRO element) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 215 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual • • “SS” to indicate a Schematic Diagram type in the ASM except in the Introduction (INTRO element) “IL” to indicate an Illustration type in the Introduction (INTRO element) of the ASM, AWM and AWL. 5.6.2.3.9. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) 5.6.2.3.9.1. In the breakdown context The KE Y attribute is set to with: • equal to the 2-letter LANG attribute value of the WM element, • equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SECTNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SUBJNBR attribute value, • This field identifies the diagram type. The possible type values depends on the context In then ASM breakdown: • 'B': Block diagram • 'S': Schematic diagram • 'D': Duplicated diagram • 'F': Functional diagram In the AWM breakdown: • • • 'C': Combined diagram • 'D': Duplicated diagram • 'W': Wiring diagram is a letter that identifies the subject configuration (the first variant is identified with “0”) is equal to the 4-digit PAGENBR attribute value 5.6.2.3.9.2. In the introduction context The KE Y attribute is set to with: • equal to the 2-letter LANG attribute value of the WM element, • equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute value (fixed to '00') • equal to the 2-digit SECTNBR attribute value (fixed to '00') • equal to the 2-digit SUBJNBR attribute value (fixed to '00') A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 216 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual • set to '00', • set to '0', • equal to a 5-digit value, • is a 3-digit value identifying the graphic variant 5.6.2.4. S AMPLES 5.6.2.4.1. IN THE ASM/AWM BREAKDOWN The ASM SGML delivery of a diagram variant '0001' into subject '21-23-01' subject is listed below: AIR CONDITIONING COMPARTMENT AIR EXTRACTION, CONTROL AND MONITORING ... ... The AWM SGML delivery of an engine schematic into subject '71-51-01' is listed below: POWER PLANT ELECTRICAL HARNESS - LP COMPRESSOR CASE ... ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 217 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.6.3. SHEET 5.6.3.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : GRAPHIC INCREV TR 5.6.3.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SHEET element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF SHEET Sheet ELEMENT To allow a physically large graphic image to be sent and referenced in smaller (page-sized) parts. The SHEET also provides the actual link between the text-based document instance and a single graphic image 'file'. A graphic must therefore always consist of at least one sheet element. EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates t he applicability of i tems, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual item. page 194 The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 218 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual SHEET element content CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. See §5.3.4 page 186 SHEET element attributes NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION GNBR Graphic Number ENTITY Sender-assigned identification of a graphic. In the DTD and the resultant document instance this is an attribute with a value of ENTITY that corresponds to the Graphic Image File Name. CFNBR Companion File Number ENTITY Sender-assigned identification of a graphic (sheet) companion file GTYPE Graphic Type ss | wd | il Indicates a type of Graphic such as SS (System Schematic), WD (Wiring Diagram) or IL (Illustration). CHAPNBR Chapter Number NUMBER A number that links the aircraft system to a place in a document. REF Identification number of a chapter. For documents defined in ATA iSpec 2200 this is a 2 or 3 digit number. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a chapter will be identified with the number of its parent chapter. SECTNBR Section Number NUMBER Identification number of a section. For documents defined by ATA maintenance specifications this is a 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a section will be identified with the number of its parent section. SUBJNBR Subject Number NUMBER Identification number of a Subject, Unit, or SubSubsystem. A 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA iSpec 2200. SUBJECT: gives the number associated with the SUBJECT to which this attribute applies. All others: gives the number of the parent SUBJECT which contains the element to which this attribute applies. Also forms the third element of the AMTOSS/JEMTOSS number where applicable. PAGENBR Page Number CDATA The sequential page number of the wiring diagram or system schematic within the Chapter-Section-Subject breakdown. Wiring Diagrams normally begin at 001 and System Schematics at 101. These numbers are not customized, reused or reassigned on deletions. SCHEMNBR Scheme Number NUMBER Identifies a variation in the configuration of an aircraft or range within a Chapter-Section-Subject-pagenumber. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 219 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual SHEET element attributes SHEETNBR Sheet Number ELEMENT The sequential (but not necessarily contiguous) number of a sheet within a graphic. Can be used to link a graphic reference to a particular sheet or image within the set of sheets in a graphic. IMGAREA Image Area AP | BP | CP Used to define the size of an image so it may be rendered | DL | EL | by the receiver of the file FP | GP | HL | IL %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 5.6.3.3. INSTANTIATION RULES 5.6.3.3.1. 'TITLE' ELEMENT The SHEET title is always delivered. 5.6.3.3.2. 'CHAPNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit number identifying the ancestor chapter number. The CHAPNBR attribute value is inherited from the CHAPNBR attribute of the ancestor CHAPTER element. The CHAPNBR attribute is systematically delivered in the SHEET element. Remark: For SHEET elements delivered in the INTRO content, the CHAPNBR attribute value is not delivered. 5.6.3.3.3. 'SECTNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit number identifying the ancestor section number. The SECTNBR attribute value is inherited from the SECTNBR attribute of the ancestor SECTION element. The SECTNBR attribute is systematically delivered in the SHEET element. Remark: For SHEET elements delivered in the INTRO content, the SECTNBR attribute value is not delivered. 5.6.3.3.4. 'SUBJNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit number identifying the ancestor subject number. The SUBJNBR attribute value is inherited from the SUBJNBR attribute of the ancestor SUBJECT element. The SUBJNBR attribute is systematically delivered in the SHEET element. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 220 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Remark: For SHEET elements delivered in the INTRO content, the SUBJNBR attribute value is not delivered. 5.6.3.3.5. 'PAGENBR' ATTRIBUTE A four-digit value identifying the ancestor graphic page number. The PAGENBR attribute value is inherited from the PAGENBR attribute of the ancestor GRAPHIC element. The PAGENBR attribute is not used in SHEET elements delivered in the Introduction (INTRO element). 5.6.3.3.6. 'SCHEMNBR' ATTRIBUTE A two-digit number identifying the ancestor graphic schematic number. The SCHEMNBR attribute value is inherited from the SCHEMNBR attribute of the ancestor GRAPHIC element. The SCHEMNBR attribute is only delivered in the ASM breakdown, it is neither used in SHEET elements delivered in the Introduction (INTRO element) nor in the AWM. 5.6.3.3.7. 'SHEETNBR' ATTRIBUTE This SHEETNBR is a 1-digit attribute that identifies the sheet number within a graphic. 5.6.3.3.8. 'GTYPE' ATTRIBUTE The GTYPE attribute value is inherited from the GTYPE attribute of the ancestor GRAPHIC element. The GTYPE attribute is systematically delivered in the SHEET element. 5.6.3.3.9. 'IMGAREA' ATTRIBUTE This attribute defines the image area for the display of a graphic. The values defined in the DTD correspond to the possible image area and orientation. The DTD defines the list of possible values for the IMGAREA attribute: • “AP” for Full Portrait • “BP” for Half Portrait • “CP” for Quarter Portrait • “DL” for Full Landscape • “EL” for True Landscape • “FP” for Full Small Portrait • “GP” for Half Small Portrait • 'HL” for Fold-out Landscape • “IL” for Fold-out Small Landscape Only the “AP”, “BP” and “HL” values are used in the WM SGML delivery. The IMGAREA attribute is not necessarily used in the SHEET element. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 221 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.6.3.3.10. 'KEY' ATTRIBUTE (WITHIN '%REVATT' ENTITY) 5.6.3.3.10.1. In the breakdown context The KE Y attribute is set to with: • is equal to the 2-letter LANG attribute value of the WM element, • equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SECTNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SUBJNBR attribute value, • This field identifies the diagram type. The possible type values depends on the context. In the ASM breakdown: • 'B': Block diagram • 'S': Schematic diagram • 'D': Duplicated diagram • 'F': Functional diagram In the AWM breakdown: • • 'C': Combined diagram • 'D': Duplicated diagram • 'W': Wiring diagram is a letter that identifies the subject configuration (the first variant is identified with '0'), • is equal to the 4-digit PAGENBR attribute value (diagram variant), • is equivalent to the SHEETNBR attribute value on a 2-digit format. 5.6.3.3.10.2. In the introduction context • For A380 the KE Y attribute is set to: _ • For A320 family, A330/A340 A/C types the KE Y attribute is set to: 0000000 with: • • is equal to the 2-letter LANG attribute value of the WM element, equal to the 15-digit KE Y attribute of the of parent GRAPHIC element, • a graphic internal reference (4 digits), • an internal illustration sequence number (2 digits). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 222 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.6.3.3.11. 'GNBR' ATTRIBUTE The GNBR attribute enables the physical illustration file to be referenced. It contains the illustration sheet identifier of the associated CGM illustration. 5.6.3.3.11.1. In the breakdown context The GNBR attribute is set to: _ _ _ _ _ with: • • set to: • 'F' within A330/A340 SGML data • 'L' within A380 SGML data • 'N' within A320 family SGML data , the manual code may be : • “WM” in the AWM • “SM”or “WM” for duplicated diagrams in the ASM • equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SECTNBR attribute value, • equal to the 2-digit SUBJNBR attribute value, • This field identifies the diagram type. The possible type values depends on the context. In the ASM breakdown: • 'B': Block diagram • 'S': Schematic diagram • 'F': Functional diagram • 'D': Duplicated diagram In the AWM breakdown: • • 'C': Combined diagram • 'D': Duplicated diagram • 'W': Wire diagram a letter that identifies the subject configuration (the first variant is identified with '0'). This field is optional. • is equivalent to the SHEETNBR attribute value on a 2-digit format, • This field identifies the sheet variant. It is a four-digit identifier. • This field identifies the sheet revision number. It is a 2-digit identifier. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 223 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 5.6.3.3.11.2. In the introduction context The GNBR attribute is set to: _ _____ with: • • set to: • 'F' within A330/A340 SGML data • 'L' within A380 SGML data • 'N' within A320 family SGML data , the manual code may be : • “SI” in the ASM/AWM • “WI” in the AWL • equal to the 2-digit CHAPNBR attribute value (set to “00”), • equal to the 2-digit SECTNBR attribute value (set to “00”), • equal to the 2-digit SUBJNBR attribute value (set to “00”), • field is set to '0' value, • a graphic internal reference (4 digits), • is equivalent to the SHEETNBR attribute value on a 2-digit format, • This field identifies the sheet revision number. It is a 2-digit identifier. Remark The sequence may be set to the values: - “999998” to indicate a “left intentionally blank” sheet, - “999999” to indicate a “to be issued later” sheet. Particular rule for Deleted Sheet: If the sheet is deleted (CH G attribute set to “D”), then the illustration file is not delivered. Therefore the GNBR attribute has the following entity value: “DELETED_SHEET_NOT_SENT” In the WM.SGE file, this entity is the following CDATA entity: 5.6.3.3.12. 'CFNBR' ATTRIBUTE The CFNBR attribute enables the companion file to be referenced. It contains an entity that points to the companion file. The GNBR attribute is set to _ A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 224 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual with: • set to 'C', • equal to the GNBR attribute value. 5.6.3.4. S AMPLES 5.6.3.4.1. IN THE ASM/AWM BREAKDOWN The ASM SGML delivery of sheet '1' for a diagram variant '001' into subject '21-23-01' subject is listed below: AIR CONDITIONING COMPARTMENT AIR EXTRACTION, CONTROL AND MONITORING CONTROL AND MONITORING CONTROL AND MONITORING ... ... The AWM SGML delivery of sheet '1' for an schematic into subject '71-51-01' is listed below: POWER PLANT ELECTRICAL HARNESS - LP COMPRESSOR CASE 115V AC POWER CHANNEL A A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 225 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 115V AC POWER CHANNEL A ... ... A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 226 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6. MAIN UNUSED STRUCTURES 6.1. INTRODUCTION This part describes the elements that are not used in the Airbus WM SGML delivery. Each unused element section contains the charts representation and the content definition table corresponding to the unused SGML structure, there is no instantiation rules nor samples. 6.2. UNUSED STRUCTURES 6.2.1. ALPRTNBR 6.2.1.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 6.2.1.2. CONTENT DEFINITION ALPRTNBR element content NAME ALPRTNBR MEANING TYPE Airline Stock ELEMENT Number / Airline Part Number DEFINITION REF A number assigned by the airline to identify and control the part in their inventory and control system. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 227 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.2. ALTENTRY 6.2.2.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : HWINFO MATLINFO TERMINFO TOOLINFO 6.2.2.2. CONTENT DEFINITION ALTENTRY element content NAME ALTENTRY MEANING Alternate Entry TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF An alternate textual description that can be used to identify a component, tool or material used on the aircraft. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 228 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.3. ATANBR 6.2.3.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : COCDATA SBDATA 6.2.3.2. CONTENT DEFINITION ATANBR element content NAME ATANBR MEANING ATA Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Specifies an ATA chapter-section-subject number or AMTOSS task number t o which a Service Bulletin listed in the Service Bulletin List applies. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 229 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.4. CAC 6.2.4.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EFFDATA 6.2.4.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CAC element content NAME CAC MEANING Customer Alternate Code TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF An alternate code assigned by the customer that identifies the aircraft. Example: Nose number, Aircraft name, Engine type name. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 230 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.5. CAUTION 6.2.5.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CAUTION NOTE WARNING %WCN 6.2.5.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CAUTION element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF CAUTION Caution ELEMENT Statement that expresses the need for heightened See §6.2.5 awareness to conditions that can cause damage to page 231 equipment. %TEXT Text ENTITY The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. NOTE Note ELEMENT Notes follow the text to which they relate and are located directly under and vertically in line with the text to which they apply. See § 4.3.19 page 75 Used to highlight or emphasize important points when necessary. Notes are explanatory comments. WARNING Warning ELEMENT Used to give notice to or call one's attention to beforehand especially of danger (such as a warning to a Flight Crew person or a warning to a mechanic before performing a dangerous task). See § 6.2.54 page 296 The content must be written using all capital letters and must be proceeded by the word "WARNING". A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 231 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual CAUTION element content EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates the applicability of items, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual page 194 item. The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 232 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.6. CH20REF 6.2.6.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 6.2.6.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CH20REF element content NAME CH20REF MEANING Chapter 20 Reference TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A reference to the Standard Wiring Practices Manual (ATA Chapter 20) where detailed information about the equipment item can be found. n fully qualified cross-reference into the Standard Wiring Practices Manual REFINT REFerence (INTernal) ELEMENT A reference to text within the same manual See § 6.2.35 page 267 REFEXT Reference (External) ELEMENT A reference to text or a structure in another manual. Identifies a reference to another manual or document. Contains the 'human readable' text explaining the reference. The attributes give the information necessary to allow the system to resolve the reference. See §5.5.1 page 208 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 233 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.7. CONDLIST 6.2.7.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV WMLIST 6.2.7.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CONDLIST element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION CONDLIST Conduit List ELEMENT Information pertaining to the wiring conduits i n the aircraft. CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. REF See §5.3.4 page 186 TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 CONDROW Conduit Row ELEMENT Information d efining a ll a spects o f a c onduit ( zone, conduit ID, diameter, length, and wiring code information). See §6.2.8 page 235 NAME MEANING CONDLIST element attributes OLDKEY Anchor Key TYPE Old NAME DEFINITION REF This is used to mark the position of an anchor that was deleted and a new anchor was inserted. The value is the key of the old anchor. This attribute will only be used in the case of a nonrepeatable anchor followed by an inserted one. The value of oldkey will be equal to the key of the deleted element. Attribute key of the new inserted element will be filled in with a different value. %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 234 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.8. CONDROW 6.2.8.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CONDLIST INCREV TR 6.2.8.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CONDROW element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF CONDROW Conduit Row ELEMENT Information d efining a ll a spects o f a c onduit ( zone, conduit ID, diameter, length, and wiring code information). EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates the applicability of items, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual page 194 item. The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §5.3.4 page 186 Page 235 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual CONDROW element content CONDID Conduit Identification ELEMENT A number assigned to a conduit within a zone. ZONE ZONE ELEMENT A specific area of the engine or aircraft to facilitate location of work areas and components, and as a common basis for Maintenance Tasks. DIA Diameter ELEMENT The numerical value of the inside diameter of a conduit. Note: The units of measure are given in the associated attribute UNIT. LENGTH Length ELEMENT The numerical value of the length of a wire. The units of measure are given in the associated attribute UNIT. See §4.5.6 page 125 See § 4.5.16 page 143 WIRECODE Wire Code ELEMENT Data that uniquely identifies a unique wire including the wire number, the wire guage, the wire color and the wire bundle number. See § 4.5.14 page 139 %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 CONDROW element attributes NAME %REVATT MEANING Revision Attributes TYPE DEFINITION ENTITY REF The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. DIA element attributes NAME UNIT MEANING Unit Measure Code TYPE of in | cm | mm DEFINITION REF Used to define units of measure (ft = feet, cm = centimeters, lb = pounds, etc.). The specific unit of measure directly related to the Threshold, Interval or Limit for the scheduled maintenance task presented. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 236 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.9. CUSAID 6.2.9.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EFFDATA 6.2.9.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CUSAID element content NAME CUSAID MEANING Customer Assigned Airplane Identification TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Used to cross-reference a Customer Effectivity Code with the manufacturer assigned Serial Number and/or Registration Numbers in the Effectivity Cross Reference information. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 237 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.10. CUSREVREC 6.2.10.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : MFMATR 6.2.10.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CUSREVREC element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION CUSREVREC Customer Revision Record ELEMENT The form provided to the customer to log when and who inserted or removed each revision. CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. REF See §5.3.4 page 186 TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 %TEXT Text ENTITY The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 238 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.11. CUSTEFF 6.2.11.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : COCDATA SBDATA 6.2.11.2. CONTENT DEFINITION CUSTEFF element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF CUSTEFF Customer Effectivity ELEMENT A combination of a Customer Code and Effectivity. Repetition is only used to indicate the split of effectivities between customers within a consortium fleet. CUS Customer Code ELEMENT The ICAO alphanumeric code identifying the customer See § 4.3.17 airline receiving or transmitting data. page 72 EFFRC Effectivity Range Codes ELEMENT This tag identifies the range of aircraft, which a SB is applicable to. The form is the same as that for the EFFRG attribute of the EFFECT element. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 239 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.12. DWG 6.2.12.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 6.2.12.2. CONTENT DEFINITION DWG element content NAME DWG MEANING Drawing Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Production drawing number defining the installation of airplane sections and systems. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 240 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.13. EQIVPNR 6.2.13.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 6.2.13.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EQIVPNR element content NAME EQIVPNR MEANING Equivalent Part Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The part number of the component that meets the specification identified in the Wiring Diagram Equipment Row. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 241 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.14. EXPRTCL 6.2.14.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : LEGALNTC 6.2.14.2. CONTENT DEFINITION EXPRTCL element content NAME EXPRTCL MEANING Export Control TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Information to control the international distribution of aviation information The content model consists of textual elements to provide a variety of authoring needs PARA Paragraph ELEMENT A subdivision of text that consists of one or more sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker. See § 4.3.20 page 77 Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc. UNLIST Unnumbered List ELEMENT This tag identifies a set of non-ordered items of text. See § 4.3.23 page 87 NUMLIST Numbered List ELEMENT A set of ordered items of text. See § 6.2.30 page 261 NOTE Note Unlike the List structures elsewhere in the DTD, the data in this list may contain the required numbering if no automatic numbering is defined by the NUMTYPE attribute. ELEMENT Notes follow the text to which they relate and are located directly under and vertically in line with the text to which they apply. See § 4.3.19 page 75 Used to highlight or emphasize important points when necessary. Notes are explanatory comments. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 242 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.15. FSLGNBR 6.2.15.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EFFDATA 6.2.15.2. CONTENT DEFINITION FSLGNBR element content NAME FSLGNBR MEANING Fuselage Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A consecutive number assigned to aircraft that indicates assembly line position. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 243 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.16. FTNOTE 6.2.16.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : TABLE 6.2.16.2. CONTENT DEFINITION FTNOTE element content NAME FTNOTE MEANING Footnote TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A note of reference, explanation, or comment. This element is used to identify a footnote to a table entry. %TEXT Text ENTITY The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. FTNOTE element attributes NAME MEANING FTNOTEID Footnote Identification TYPE ID DEFINITION REF A unique number to allow direct SGML crossreferencing to be performed from the FTNREFID attribute of the FTNREF element. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 244 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.17. GDESC 6.2.17.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : SHEET 6.2.17.2. CONTENT DEFINITION GDESC element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF GDESC Graphic Description ELEMENT Each sheet in a graphic may be followed by a list. This list will usually provide a key or legend to the associated graphic image. UNLIST Unnumbered List ELEMENT This tag identifies a set of non-ordered items of text. See § 4.3.23 page 87 NUMLIST Numbered List ELEMENT A set of ordered items of text. See § 6.2.30 page 261 Unlike the List structures elsewhere in the DTD, the data in this list may contain the required numbering if no automatic numbering is defined by the NUMTYPE attribute. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 245 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.18. GLOSDATA 6.2.18.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXTS: GLOSSARY 6.2.18.2. CONTENT DEFINITION GLOSDATA element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION GLOSDATA Glossary Data ELEMENT The body of the glossary comprised of a term and its definition. TERM Term ELEMENT Identifies a term, symbol, or abbreviation. DEF Definition ELEMENT Provides the meaning of a term, symbol, or abbreviation within the context of one or more usages. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide REF Page 246 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.19. GRIDNBR 6.2.19.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 6.2.19.2. CONTENT DEFINITION GRIDNBR element content NAME GRIDNBR MEANING Grid Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The X and Y location on a panel described by a number and letter. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 247 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.20. HAZMTLST 6.2.20.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV MFMATR TR 6.2.20.2. CONTENT DEFINITION HAZMTLST element content NAME MEANING HAZMTLST Hazardous Material List TYPE DEFINITION ELEMENT A list of flamable or toxic materials needed for producing a part or needed in the repair of a part. This list may be required by government regulatory agencies ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) TITLE Title PRETOPIC Preliminary Topic ELEMENT Identifies the preliminary task frontmatter data. In level it equates to the topic grouping of subtasks. These sections are used for such things as summaries of the Tools, Consumables, Access panels etc. required for, or affected by, the task. HAZMT Hazardous Material ELEMENT A flamable or toxic material REF See §4.6.2 page 167 HAZMTLST element attributes NAME %REVATT MEANING Revision Attributes TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 248 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual PRETOPIC element content NAME MEANING PRETOPIC Preliminary Topic TITLE %TEXT TYPE DEFINITION REF ELEMENT Identifies the preliminary task frontmatter data. In level it equates to the topic grouping of subtasks. These sections are used for such things as summaries of the Tools, Consumables, Access panels etc. required for, or affected by, the task. Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) Text ENTITY The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 See §4.6.2 page 167 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates the applicability of items, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual page 194 item. The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). HAZMT element content NAME HAZMT MEANING Hazardous Material TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A flamable or toxic material TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 WARNING Warning ELEMENT Used to give notice to or call one's attention to beforehand especially of danger (such as a warning to a Flight Crew person or a warning to a mechanic before performing a dangerous task). See § 6.2.54 page 296 The content must be written using all capital letters and must be proceeded by the word "WARNING". HAZMT element attributes NAME ID MEANING Identification Number TYPE ID DEFINITION REF An alphanumeric string to uniquely identify text or graphical data. Unique number to allow direct SGML cross-referencing to be performed from the REFID attribute. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 249 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.21. HOTLINK 6.2.21.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WM 6.2.21.2. CONTENT DEFINITION HOTLINK element content NAME HOTLINK MEANING Hotlink TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Only for use by retrieval engines, is not to be used in interchange SGML document instances. During data prep by a retrieval software vendor, the cross links between references in a document instance must be coded for that particular software and set of documents. This element allows a target (where the reference is to) and source (where the reference is from) to be encoded in whatever format is necessary for that software. Because it is an inclusion at the manual level, it can be used to code all implicit as well as explicit references. Its exact use and positioning is entirely dependent on the retrieval engine's requirements and so is not defined in this document. HOTLINK element attributes NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION TARGETREFI D Source of Reference CDATA Only for use by retrieval engines, is not to be used in interchange SGML document instances. Gives a unique, retrieval engine dependant code for the source or start point for a cross-reference. This can be used for explicit or implicit cross-references. TARGETID Target of CDATA Reference Only for use by retrieval engines, is not to be used in interchange SGML document instances. Gives a unique, retrieval engine dependant code for the target or end point for a cross-reference. This can be used for explicit or implicit cross-references. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide REF Page 250 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.22. HWINFO 6.2.22.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA 6.2.22.2. CONTENT DEFINITION HWINFO element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF HWINFO Hardware (Part Number) Information ELEMENT A set of elements that define a component in the aircraft. MFRNAME Manufacturer Name ELEMENT The official or proper name of a Manufacturer. Part Number ELEMENT The manufacturer's, supplier's or industry standard See § 4.5.30 identity for the subject part, assembly, kit or material page 165 item. Part Number, when linked with its Manufacturer Code, provides a unique identity for the given item. PNR HWNAME Hardware (Part Number) Name ELEMENT The textual description of the component assigned to a part number. ALTENTRY Alternate Entry ELEMENT An alternate textual description that can be used to identify a component, tool or material used on the aircraft. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See § 6.2.28 page 259 See §6.2.2 page 228 Page 251 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.23. ICDATE 6.2.23.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : COCDATA SBDATA 6.2.23.2. CONTENT DEFINITION ICDATE element content NAME ICDATE MEANING Incorporation Date TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The date on which a Service Bulletin was completely embodied on all applicable aircraft or engines. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 252 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.24. INCREV 6.2.24.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WM 6.2.24.2. CONTENT DEFINITION INCREV element content NAME INCREV MEANING Incremental Revision TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The transmittal of a logical unit of information that contains revised data. One or more of the "Anchor" elements of the DTD sent independently of the complete superstructure of the DTD. Used to support partial revisions to a document instance maintained in a database environment. TTLPAGE Title Page ELEMENT The first page of the Manual; normally will contain the name of the document owner, the document number and the name and address of the manufacturer. See § 6.2.52 page 293 TRANSLTR Transmittal Letter ELEMENT Identifies data placed at the beginning of a revised See § 6.2.50 document instance, giving general information about page 290 that revision. It may also contain information about the incorporation of Temporary Revisions. TRLIST Temporary Revsion List ELEMENT The identification of the Temporary Revisions and their See §4.3.5 status as of the current document revision. page 38 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 253 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual INCREV element content MFREVREC Manufacturer Revision Record ELEMENT The cumulative list of revisions issued against a manual. See § 6.2.27 page 258 SBLIST Service Bulletin List ELEMENT Data about the current incorporation status of Service Bulletins. See §4.3.7 page 43 If there are no Service Bulletins issued or effective for the aircraft/engines, an ISEMPTY element can be sent in place of the SBDATA to indicate this. COCLIST Customer Originated Change List ELEMENT Identifies data about the current incorporation status of COCs. If there are no COCs issued or effective for the aircraft or engines, an ISEMPTY element is sent in place of the COCDATA elements. See § 4.3.10 page 52 EFFXREF Effectivity Cross Reference ELEMENT Data about the different methods of identifying a basic effectivity group in the document instance, and how they relate to each other. See § 4.3.16 page 65 INTRO Introduction ELEMENT Identifies introductory information about the complete document or a major document structure. See § 4.3.18 page 73 EQIPLIST Equipment List ELEMENT The database-like table that defines all elements pertaining to the electrical/electronic equipment in the aircraft. See §4.5.2 page 114 CONDLIST Conduit List ELEMENT Information pertaining to the wiring conduits i n the aircraft. See §6.2.7 page 234 EQROW Equipment Row ELEMENT Identifies a set of elements which together define all See §4.5.3 aspects of an equipment item. page 116 CONDROW Conduit Row ELEMENT Information d efining a ll a spects o f a c onduit ( zone, conduit ID, diameter, length, and wiring code information). See §6.2.8 page 235 EXTWLIST Extended Wire List ELEMENT The database-like table that defines all elements pertaining to the wires in the aircraft. See §4.5.9 page 129 EXTWROW Extended Wire Row ELEMENT Data which defines all aspects of a wire and its terminations. See § 4.5.10 page 131 This element contains three basic classifications of Active, Non-active (spare or unused) wires and Unused terminations (pins). SPCHAP Standard Practices Chapter ELEMENT The chapter number (20) assigned to Standard Practices of the Wiring Manual. SPSECT Standard Practices Section ELEMENT The section divisions of standard practices of the Wiring See § 6.2.40 Manual. page 274 SPSUBJ Standard Practices Subject ELEMENT The subject divisions of Standard Practices of the Wiring Manual. See § 6.2.41 page 276 ELEMENT A major division of a document. For maintenance oriented documents this will normally be based on the ATA numbering system. Other documents will use the system defined by their applicable standards or the data creator will define the divisions where no such standards exist. See §4.4.1 page 103 CHAPTER Chapter A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See § 6.2.39 page 272 Page 254 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual INCREV element content SECTION Section ELEMENT A se section wi within an an AT ATA al allocated Ch Chapter. Fo For no non ATA documents, the section is a set of data units which are related and stored together. SUBJECT Subject ELEMENT The un unit or or su sub-subsystem of of a ma manual or or do document See §4.4.3 where Chapter is the system, Section is the subsystem page 109 and Subject is the sub-subsystem. ELEMENT A place holder for a set of graphic images (normally in the form of Sheet elements). ELEMENT To allow a physically large graphic image to be sent See §5.6.3 and and refer referen enced ced in small smaller er (page (page-si -sized zed)) parts. parts. The The page 218 SHEET also provides the actual link between the textbased document instance and a single graphic image 'file'. A graphic must therefore always consist of at least one sheet element. GRAPHIC SHEET A collection of Illustrations. Sheet See §4.4.2 page 106 See §5.6.2 page 212 L1ITEM Item of a Level 1 List ELEMENT This tag identifies an item within a list of ordered items of level 1 (LISTx1. For maintenance documentation, documentation, this structure is optimized optimized for use in Task Task structures. structures. L2ITEM Item of a Level 2 List ELEMEN ELEMENT T Identi Identifie fiess an item item within within a list list of orde ordered red items items of of level level 2 (LIST2). For maintenance documentation, this structure is optimised for use in Task structures. L3ITEM Item of a Level 3 List ELEMEN ELEMENT T Identi Identifie fiess an item item within within a list list of orde ordered red items items of of level level 3 (LIST3). For maintenance documentation, this structure is optimised for use in Task structures. LEGALNTC Legal Notice ELEMENT Information providing providing proprietary, copyright copyright and export See §4.3.1 restrictions page 30 HAZMTLST Hazardous Material List ELEMENT A list of flamable or toxic materials needed for See § 6.2.20 6.2.20 producing a part or needed in the repair of a part. This page 248 list may be required by government regulatory agencies VENDLIST Vendor Na N ame and and Addr Addres esss List ELEMENT The portion of the Front Matter showing the correlation of the manufacturers code and the name and address. See §4.3.6 page 39 GLOSSARY Glossary ELEMENT Identifies the glossary information of a document. See § 4.3.27 4.3.27 page 101 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 255 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 6.2.25. 6.2.25. MATLINFO MATLINFO 6.2.25 6.2.25.1. .1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA : PARA 6.2.25 6.2.25.2. .2. CONTENT DEFINITION MATLINFO element content NAME MATLINFO MEANING TYPE Material Information ELEMENT MFRNAME Manufacturer Manufacturer Name ELEMENT MATLPNR DEFINITION REF Describes Describes either an expendable expendable or consumable consumable material. material. Cont Contai ains ns info inform rmat atio ion n on Mate Materi rial al Part Part Numb Number er,, Manufacturer Manufacturer Name, Material Name and Alternate Entry. The official or proper proper name of a Manufacturer. Manufacturer. See § 6.2.28 6.2.28 page 259 Material Part ELEMENT Number The part number number assigned to a material. material. See § 6.2.26 6.2.26 page 257 MATLNAME Material Name ELEMENT The name of a material material that has a part number. number. ALTENTRY Alternate Entry ELEMENT An alternate textual description that can be used to identi identify fy a compo componen nent, t, tool tool or mater material ial used used on the aircraft. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide See §6.2.2 page 228 Page 256 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 6.2.26. 6.2.26. MATLPNR MATLPNR 6.2.26 6.2.26.1. .1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : MATLINFO : MATLINFO PARA PARA 6.2.26 6.2.26.2. .2. CONTENT DEFINITION MATLPNR element content NAME MATLPNR MEANING TYPE Material Part ELEMENT Number DEFINITION REF The part number number assigned to a material. material. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 257 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 6.2.27. 6.2.27. MFREVREC MFREVREC 6.2.27 6.2.27.1. .1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV : INCREV MFMATR MFMATR 6.2.27 6.2.27.2. .2. CONTENT DEFINITION MFREVREC element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION MFREVREC Manufacturer Manufacturer Revision Record ELEMENT The cumulative list of revisions issued issued against a manual. manual. CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT Gives the reason reason for a revision. revision. Normally each change change will also be bounded by a REVST REVST and and REVEND REVEND tag pair pair which which will furthe furtherr define define the scope of the change. change. REF See §5.3.4 page 186 TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 %TEXT Text ENTITY The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. MFREVREC element attributes NAME %REVATT MEANING Revision Attributes TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual manual with revisions. The revision attributes attributes are applied to each anchor. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 258 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 6.2.28. 6.2.28. MFRNAME MFRNAME 6.2.28 6.2.28.1. .1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW : EQROW HWINFO HWINFO MATLINFO MATLINFO PARA PARA TERMINFO TOOLINFO 6.2.28 6.2.28.2. .2. CONTENT DEFINITION MFRNAME element content NAME MFRNAME MEANING Manufacturer Manufacturer Name TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The official or proper proper name of a Manufacturer. Manufacturer. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 259 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Wiring Manual 6.2.29. 6.2.29. MODCODE MODCODE 6.2.29 6.2.29.1. .1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW : EQROW EXTWROW EXTWROW 6.2.29 6.2.29.2. .2. CONTENT DEFINITION MODCODE element content NAME MEANING MODCODE MODCODE Modification Modification Code TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The code assigned to an equipment equipment item identifying its modification status. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data Data User Guide Page 260 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.30. NUMLIST 6.2.30.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : ENTRY EXPRTCL GDESC GENINFO %TEXT 6.2.30.2. CONTENT DEFINITION NUMLIST element content NAME NUMLIST NUMLITEM MEANING TYPE Numbered List ELEMENT Numbered List Item ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A set of ordered items of text. Unlike the List structures elsewhere in the DTD, the data in this list may contain the required numbering if no automatic numbering is defined by the NUMTYPE attribute. This tag identifies an item of a NUMLIST. NUMLIST element attributes NAME MEANING NUMTYPE Number Type TYPE DEFINITION REF NNP | AUP An attribute of NUMLIST which indicates the numbering | NNB | ALB system to be used (alpha, numeric, other). It also | NNS | RUP indicates any parentheses, full stops or underscores that | RLP | RUR are necessary to indicate level. See the ATA-TEXT| RLR | NNR TECHREQ for the coding table. The numbering is done | AUR | ALR by the receiver of the data. If this attribute is not present the numbering must be included in the text of the NUMLITEMs. The default value is set to NNP NUMLITEM element content NAME NUMLITEM MEANING Numbered List Item TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF This tag identifies an item of a NUMLIST. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 261 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual NUMLITEM element content PARA Paragraph ELEMENT A subdivision of text that consists of one or more sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker. See § 4.3.20 page 77 Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 262 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.31. PANDESC 6.2.31.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 6.2.31.2. CONTENT DEFINITION PANDESC element content NAME PANDESC MEANING Panel Description TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The textual identification of a panel in the aircraft. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 263 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.32. PARTSTMT 6.2.32.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PROPTARY 6.2.32.2. CONTENT DEFINITION PARTSTMT element content NAME MEANING PARTSTMT Partial Statement TITLE PARA TYPE DEFINITION REF ELEMENT Summary of proprietary statement for the aviation data Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 Paragraph ELEMENT A subdivision of text that consists of one or more sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker. See § 4.3.20 page 77 Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 264 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.33. POSITION 6.2.33.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EQROW 6.2.33.2. CONTENT DEFINITION POSITION element content NAME POSITION MEANING Position TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The number assigned to an opening on a disconnect bracket. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 265 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.34. REFBLOCK 6.2.34.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA 6.2.34.2. CONTENT DEFINITION REFBLOCK element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF REFBLOCK Reference Block Structure ELEMENT Structure containing internal and external references to graphics or text. REFINT REFerence (INTernal) ELEMENT A reference to text within the same manual See § 6.2.35 page 267 REFEXT Reference (External) ELEMENT A reference to text or a structure in another manual. Identifies a reference to another manual or document. Contains the 'human readable' text explaining the reference. The attributes give the information necessary to allow the system to resolve the reference. See §5.5.1 page 208 GRPHCREF Graphic Reference ELEMENT Data relating the current information to information at another location either internal or external to the current source. See §5.6.1 page 210 Identifies the text describing a reference to a graphic. It is used at the beginning of an anchor when the graphic is applicable to the whole anchor. This tag can also used within the text. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 266 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.35. REFINT 6.2.35.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CH20REF DIAGREF HDIAGNBR MFMATR PARA REFBLOCK 6.2.35.2. CONTENT DEFINITION REFINT element content NAME REFINT MEANING REFerence (INTernal) TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A reference to text within the same manual REFINT element attributes NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REFTYPE Reference Type CDATA Identifies the method by which the cross reference is intended to be resolved. REFID Reference ID IDREF The identifier of an object (text or graphics) in the same manual to which a reference is made. The key of an anchor element elsewhere in the document instance to which a reference is made. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide REF Page 267 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.36. REFMEDIA 6.2.36.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA 6.2.36.2. CONTENT DEFINITION REFMEDIA element content NAME REFMEDIA MEANING Reference TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A reference to a non-graphic media file (PDF, PNG, JPEG, VRML, MPEG, MP3…).Contains the 'human readable' text explaining the reference. The attributes give the information necessary to allow the system to resolve the reference. REFMEDIA element attributes NAME MEDNBR MEANING Media Number TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF Sender-assigned identification of a non-graphic media file. In the DTD and the document instance, this is an attribute with a value of ENTITY which is declared in the Non-Graphic Entity Declaration (*.SNE) associated with this file. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 268 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.37. REGULATORY 6.2.37.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : ENTRY L1ITEM L2ITEM L3ITEM L4ITEM L5ITEM L6ITEM L7ITEM 6.2.37.2. CONTENT DEFINITION REGULATORY element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF REGULATORY Regulatory ELEMENT Collection of maintenance data regulatory requirement EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates the applicability of items, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual page 194 item. The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). REGULATION Regulation ELEMENT Maintenance data used to fulfill compliance with a regulatory requirement. Maintenance data that is related to a regulatory requirement that, when deleted or modified, could lead to noncompliance to a regulatory requirement. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 269 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual REGULATION element attributes NAME REGTYPE MEANING Regulation Type TYPE DEFINITION REF AD | AMOC | Regulation type AWL | CATIII | CMR | ETOPS | EWIS | LOI | RII | SFAR88 | RVSM | ALI | CDCCL A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 270 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.38. SC 6.2.38.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : COCDATA SBDATA 6.2.38.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SC element content NAME SC MEANING Started Completed. TYPE / ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Give the status of Service Bulletin Incorporation. Permitted values: . “S”: Started incorporating the Service Bulletin on the customers fleet. Started split coverage in the manual. . “C”: Completed incorporation of the Service Bulletin on the customers fleet. The manual will then only reflect the new configuration. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxi July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.39. SPCHAP 6.2.39.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV TR WM 6.2.39.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SPCHAP element content NAME MEANING TYPE SPCHAP Standard Practices Chapter ELEMENT EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The chapter number (20) assigned to Standard Practices of the Wiring Manual. Indicates the applicability of items, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual page 194 item. The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). CHGDESC Change Description TITLE Title SPSECT Standard Practices Section ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. ELEMENT ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §5.3.4 page 186 See §4.6.2 page 167 The section divisions of standard practices of the Wiring See § 6.2.40 Manual. page 274 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual SPCHAP element content %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 SPCHAP element attributes NAME CHAPNBR MEANING Chapter Number TYPE NUMBER DEFINITION REF A number that links the aircraft system to a place in a document. Identification number of a chapter. For documents defined in ATA iSpec 2200 this is a 2 or 3 digit number. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a chapter will be identified with the number of its parent chapter. OLDKEY Anchor Key Old NAME This is used to mark the position of an anchor that was deleted and a new anchor was inserted. The value is the key of the old anchor. This attribute will only be used in the case of a nonrepeatable anchor followed by an inserted one. The value of oldkey will be equal to the key of the deleted element. Attribute key of the new inserted element will be filled in with a different value. %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxiii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.40. SPSECT 6.2.40.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV SPCHAP TR 6.2.40.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SPSECT element content NAME MEANING TYPE SPSECT Standard Practices Section ELEMENT EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The section divisions of standard practices of the Wiring Manual. Indicates the applicability of items, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual page 194 item. The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). CHGDESC Change Description TITLE Title SPSUBJ Standard Practices Subject ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. See §5.3.4 page 186 ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 ELEMENT The subject divisions of Standard Practices of the Wiring Manual. See § 6.2.41 page 276 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxiv July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual SPSECT element content %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 SPSECT element attributes NAME CHAPNBR MEANING Chapter Number TYPE NUMBER DEFINITION REF A number that links the aircraft system to a place in a document. Identification number of a chapter. For documents defined in ATA iSpec 2200 this is a 2 or 3 digit number. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a chapter will be identified with the number of its parent chapter. SECTNBR Section Number NUMBER Identification number of a section. For documents defined by ATA maintenance specifications this is a 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a section will be identified with the number of its parent section. %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §5.3.3 page 182 Page cclxxv July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.41. SPSUBJ 6.2.41.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV SPSECT TR 6.2.41.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SPSUBJ element content NAME MEANING TYPE SPSUBJ Standard Practices Subject ELEMENT EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The subject divisions of Standard Practices of the Wiring Manual. Indicates the applicability of items, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual page 194 item. The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). CHGDESC TITLE Change Description Title ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §5.3.4 page 186 See §4.6.2 page 167 Page cclxxvi July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual SPSUBJ element content %TEXT Text ENTITY The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 page 168 element. A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. See §5.3.2 page 180 SPSUBJ element attributes NAME CHAPNBR MEANING Chapter Number TYPE NUMBER DEFINITION REF A number that links the aircraft system to a place in a document. Identification number of a chapter. For documents defined in ATA iSpec 2200 this is a 2 or 3 digit number. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a chapter will be identified with the number of its parent chapter. SECTNBR Section Number NUMBER Identification number of a section. For documents defined by ATA maintenance specifications this is a 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA. For other documents this number (or other code) will be assigned by the data creator. All anchor elements within a section will be identified with the number of its parent section. SUBJNBR Subject Number NUMBER Identification number of a Subject, Unit, or SubSubsystem. A 2 digit number (00 up to 99) as defined in ATA iSpec 2200. SUBJECT: gives the number associated with the SUBJECT to which this attribute applies. All others: gives the number of the parent SUBJECT which contains the element to which this attribute applies. Also forms the third element of the AMTOSS/JEMTOSS number where applicable. %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §5.3.3 page 182 Page cclxxvii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.42. SUB 6.2.42.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA TITLE 6.2.42.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SUB element content NAME SUB MEANING Subscript TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A number, symbol or letter next to or slightly below another character. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxviii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.43. SUPER 6.2.43.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA TITLE 6.2.43.2. CONTENT DEFINITION SUPER element content NAME SUPER MEANING Superscript TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A number, symbol or letter next to and slightly above another character A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxix July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.44. TERMCODE 6.2.44.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : FROM TO 6.2.44.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TERMCODE element content NAME TERMCODE MEANING Termination Code TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The code used to identify the processing of the termination. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxx July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.45. TERMINFO 6.2.45.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA 6.2.45.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TERMINFO element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF TERMINFO Termination Information ELEMENT A collection of Terminal Part Number (TERMPNR), Manufacturer Name (MFRNAME), Terminal Name (TERMNAME), and Alternate Entry (ALTENTRY) that describes termination data. MFRNAME Manufacturer Name ELEMENT The official or proper name of a Manufacturer. See § 6.2.28 page 259 TERMPNR Termination Part Number ELEMENT The part number assigned to a terminal/pin. See § 4.5.24 page 155 TERMNAME Termination Name ELEMENT The name of a termination that has a part number. ALTENTRY Alternate Entry ELEMENT An alternate textual description that can be used to identify a component, tool or material used on the aircraft. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §6.2.2 page 228 Page cclxxxi July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.46. TFOOT 6.2.46.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : TGROUP 6.2.46.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TFOOT element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF TFOOT Table Footer ELEMENT Identifies the footer information (Table Footer) in a table, displayed after the tbody and also at the bottom of any tbody rows before a physical break. COLSPEC Column Specification ELEMENT This tag is a place holder element for attributes to specify the intended presentation of a column. See § 4.3.25 page 94 ROW Row ELEMENT Used to define a set of cells (entry elements) which together form a single logical line in the table. A logical line may span more than one physical line depending on the contents of each cell and the defined size of the cells in the row. See § 4.3.26 page 96 TFOOT element attributes NAME VALIGN MEANING Valign TYPE top | middle | bottom DEFINITION REF Text vertical positioning within the entries. Permitted Values: Bottom Align bottom Middle Align middle(vertically centered) Top Align top (Default) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxxii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.47. TOOLINFO 6.2.47.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA 6.2.47.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TOOLINFO element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION REF TOOLINFO Tool Information ELEMENT A set of data describing a tool including Manufacturer Name (MFRNAME), Tool Part Number (TOOLPNR), Tool Name (TOOLNAME), and Alternate Entry (ALTENTRY). MFRNAME Manufacturer Name ELEMENT The official or proper name of a Manufacturer. See § 6.2.28 page 259 TOOLPNR Tool Part ELEMENT Number The Part Number assigned to a Tool. See § 6.2.48 page 284 TOOLNAME Tool Name ELEMENT The standard description of a special tool or equipment listed in the Tool and Equipment manual. ALTENTRY Alternate Entry ELEMENT An alternate textual description that can be used to identify a component, tool or material used on the aircraft. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §6.2.2 page 228 Page cclxxxiii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.48. TOOLPNR 6.2.48.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : PARA TOOLINFO 6.2.48.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TOOLPNR element content NAME TOOLPNR MEANING TYPE Tool Part ELEMENT Number DEFINITION REF The Part Number assigned to a Tool. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxxiv July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.49. TR 6.2.49.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : WM A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxxv July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.49.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TR element content NAME TR MEANING Temporary Revision TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Partial revisions to a document distributed independently of the normal revision cycle. Used to provide safey-related information in advance of the normally scheduled revision. The information is intended to be incorporated in the next normally scheduled revision. One or more contiguous "Anchor" structures of the DTD, preceded by some supporting and descriptive data, sent independently of the complete superstructure of the DTD. Used to support partial revisions to a document Instance made independently of the normal revision cycle. The TR element is provided to maintain the correspondence between the electronic and paper versions of the "book". The major difference between the Incremental and Temporary revisions is that the TRs must not update the database. All Incremental revisions (and subsequent TRs) are made against the previous Incremental revision, not the TR. TRFMATR Temporary Revision Frontmatter ELEMENT Data found at the beginning of a Temporary Revision (TR) and which supplies the data normally found on the paper TR's Cover Sheet or letter. SBLIST Service Bulletin List ELEMENT Data about the current incorporation status of Service Bulletins. See §4.3.7 page 43 If there are no Service Bulletins issued or effective for the aircraft/engines, an ISEMPTY element can be sent in place of the SBDATA to indicate this. COCLIST Customer Originated Change List ELEMENT Identifies data about the current incorporation status of COCs. If there are no COCs issued or effective for the aircraft or engines, an ISEMPTY element is sent in place of the COCDATA elements. See § 4.3.10 page 52 EFFXREF Effectivity Cross Reference ELEMENT Data about the different methods of identifying a basic effectivity group in the document instance, and how they relate to each other. See § 4.3.16 page 65 INTRO Introduction ELEMENT Identifies introductory information about the complete document or a major document structure. See § 4.3.18 page 73 EQROW Equipment Row ELEMENT Identifies a set of elements which together define all See §4.5.3 aspects of an equipment item. page 116 CONDROW Conduit Row ELEMENT Information d efining a ll a spects o f a c onduit ( zone, conduit ID, diameter, length, and wiring code information). See §6.2.8 page 235 EXTWROW Extended Wire Row ELEMENT Data which defines all aspects of a wire and its terminations. See § 4.5.10 page 131 This element contains three basic classifications of Active, Non-active (spare or unused) wires and Unused terminations (pins). SPCHAP Standard Practices Chapter ELEMENT The chapter number (20) assigned to Standard Practices of the Wiring Manual. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See § 6.2.39 page 272 Page cclxxxvi July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual TR element content SPSECT Standard Practices Section ELEMENT The section divisions of standard practices of the Wiring See § 6.2.40 Manual. page 274 SPSUBJ Standard Practices Subject ELEMENT The subject divisions of Standard Practices of the Wiring Manual. See § 6.2.41 page 276 CHAPTER Chapter ELEMENT A major division of a document. For maintenance oriented documents this will normally be based on the ATA numbering system. Other documents will use the system defined by their applicable standards or the data creator will define the divisions where no such standards exist. See §4.4.1 page 103 SECTION Section ELEMENT A section within an ATA allocated Chapter. For non ATA documents, the section is a set of data units which are related and stored together. See §4.4.2 page 106 SUBJECT Subject ELEMENT The unit or sub-subsystem of a manual or document See §4.4.3 where Chapter is the system, Section is the subsystem page 109 and Subject is the sub-subsystem. GRAPHIC A collection of Illustrations. ELEMENT A place holder for a set of graphic images (normally in the form of Sheet elements). SHEET Sheet ELEMENT To allow a physically large graphic image to be sent See §5.6.3 and referenced in smaller (page-sized) parts. The page 218 SHEET also provides the actual link between the textbased document instance and a single graphic image 'file'. A graphic must therefore always consist of at least one sheet element. L1ITEM Item of a Level 1 List ELEMENT This tag identifies an item within a list of ordered items of level 1 (LISTx1. For maintenance documentation, this structure is optimized for use in Task structures. LXITEM Item of a Level X List ELEMENT This tag identifies an item within a list of ordered items of level "x" (LISTx). For maintenance documentation, this structure is optimized for use in Task structures. LEGALNTC Legal Notice ELEMENT Information providing proprietary, copyright and export See §4.3.1 restrictions page 30 HAZMTLST Hazardous Material List ELEMENT A list of flamable or toxic materials needed for See § 6.2.20 producing a part or needed in the repair of a part. This page 248 list may be required by government regulatory agencies VENDLIST Vendor Name and Address List ELEMENT The portion of the Front Matter showing the correlation of the manufacturers code and the name and address. See §4.3.6 page 39 GLOSSARY Glossary ELEMENT Identifies the glossary information of a document. See § 4 .3.27 page 101 See §5.6.2 page 212 TRFMATR element content NAME MEANING TRFMATR Temporary Revision Frontmatter TITLE Title TYPE DEFINITION ELEMENT Data found at the beginning of a Temporary Revision (TR) and which supplies the data normally found on the paper TR's Cover Sheet or letter. ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide REF See §4.6.2 page 167 Page cclxxxvii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual TRFMATR element content TRXREF Temporary Revision Cross References ELEMENT A list of published Temporary Revisions whose contents are covered by the single, digital TR. Only for use where the structure of the digital manual has been 'centralized' so that a single change in one row of the SGML structure can only be covered by multiple paper TRs. TRINFO Temporary Revision Information ELEMENT Descriptive text regarding a Temporary Revision such the Temporary Revision Reason, Temporary Revision Number, Temporary Revision Data, etc. TRFMATR element attributes NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION TRNBR Temporary Revision Number CDATA The chapter number and customised sequence number within that chapter used to uniquely identify a TR. ISSDATE Issue Date ELEMENT Day, month, year of the issue date associated with a document, temporary revision or a Service Bulletin. Must be given in ANSI standard format of 'YYYYMMDD' TRDEL Temporary Revision Deleted CDATA The number of the TR being deleted by the TR identified in TRNBR. Used to cancel an existing TR. TRREPL Temporary Revision Replaced CDATE The number of the TR number being replaced by the TR identified in TRNBR. REF TRXREF element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION TRXREF Temporary Revision Cross References ELEMENT A list of published Temporary Revisions whose contents are covered by the single, digital TR. Only for use where the structure of the digital manual has been 'centralized' so that a single change in one row of the SGML structure can only be covered by multiple paper TRs. PAPTRNBR Paper Temporary Number ELEMENT The number of a Paper TR which contains a part of the changes which can be covered by a single digital TR to a 'centralised' list. REF TRINFO element content NAME TRINFO %TEXT MEANING Temporary Revision Information Text TYPE ELEMENT ENTITY DEFINITION REF Descriptive text regarding a Temporary Revision such the Temporary Revision Reason, Temporary Revision Number, Temporary Revision Data, etc. The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. PAPTRNBR element content NAME PAPTRNBR MEANING Paper Temporary Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF The number of a Paper TR which contains a part of the changes which can be covered by a single digital TR to a 'centralised' list. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxxviii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual PAPTRNBR element attributes NAME ISSDATE MEANING Issue Date TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Day, month, year of the issue date associated with a document, temporary revision or a Service Bulletin. Must be given in ANSI standard format of 'YYYYMMDD' A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page cclxxxix July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.50. TRANSLTR 6.2.50.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV MFMATR 6.2.50.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TRANSLTR element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION TRANSLTR Transmittal Letter ELEMENT Identifies data placed at the beginning of a revised document instance, giving general information about that revision. It may also contain information about the incorporation of Temporary Revisions. CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. REF See §5.3.4 page 186 TITLE Title ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 %TEXT Text ENTITY The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. %DELETED Deleted Anchor ENTITY An indicator that data has been removed. This entity contains all elements associated with deleted anchors. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §5.3.2 page 180 Page ccxc July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual TRANSLTR element attributes NAME OLDKEY MEANING Anchor Key TYPE Old NAME DEFINITION REF This is used to mark the position of an anchor that was deleted and a new anchor was inserted. The value is the key of the old anchor. This attribute will only be used in the case of a nonrepeatable anchor followed by an inserted one. The value of oldkey will be equal to the key of the deleted element. Attribute key of the new inserted element will be filled in with a different value. %REVATT Revision Attributes ENTITY The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide See §5.3.3 page 182 Page ccxci July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.51. TRDATA 6.2.51.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : TRLIST 6.2.51.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TRDATA element content NAME MEANING TYPE DEFINITION TRDATA Temporary Revision Data ELEMENT The information describing a Temporary Revision. TRNBR Temporary Revision Number ELEMENT The chapter number and customised sequence number within that chapter used to uniquely identify a TR. TRSTATUS Temporary Revision Status ELEMENT The status of the temporary revision. Allowable values are "Active", "Cancelled", or "Incorporated". TRLOC Temporary Revision Location ELEMENT The key of each Anchor of the Main (baseline) document instance which is temporarily superseded by (a part of) the Temporary Revision. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide REF Page ccxcii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.52. TTLPAGE 6.2.52.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : INCREV MFMATR 6.2.52.2. CONTENT DEFINITION TTLPAGE element content NAME MEANING TYPE TTLPAGE Title Page ELEMENT CHGDESC Change Description ELEMENT TITLE Title GRAPHIC PARA DEFINITION REF The first page of the Manual; normally will contain the name of the document owner, the document number and the name and address of the manufacturer. Gives the reason for a revision. Normally each change will also be bounded by a REVST and REVEND tag pair which will further define the scope of the change. See §5.3.4 page 186 ELEMENT A distinguishing name; the name of a document (e.g., Manual Title) or portion of a document (e.g., Section Title) See §4.6.2 page 167 A collection of Illustrations. ELEMENT A place holder for a set of graphic images (normally in the form of Sheet elements). See §5.6.2 page 212 Paragraph ELEMENT A subdivision of text that consists of one or more sentences, deals with one point or gives the words of one speaker. See § 4.3.20 page 77 Identifies a piece of text, composed of a set of sentences or graphical text elements which are to be presented as a block separated in some way from its neighbors. This element is the basic one which is found almost every time when creating instances. It is a mix of #PCDATA and the special text elements identifying Tools, Circuit Breakers etc. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page ccxciii July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual TTLPAGE element attributes NAME %REVATT MEANING Revision Attributes TYPE ENTITY DEFINITION REF The group of attributes needed for sending revision information for incremental updates or a complete reissue of a manual with revisions. The revision attributes are applied to each anchor. See §5.3.3 page 182 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page ccxciv July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.53. VENBR 6.2.53.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : EFFDATA 6.2.53.2. CONTENT DEFINITION VENBR element content NAME VENBR MEANING Variable Engineering Number TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF A code used by a manufacturer to identify the aircraft in addition to those given by the Line Number and the Customer Effectivity Code. A number assigned to identify the specific customer's aircraft and configuration for the aircraft design definition. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 295 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 6.2.54. WARNING 6.2.54.1. CHARTS REPRESENTATION ELEMENT CONTEXT : CAUTION HAZMT NOTE WARNING %WCN 6.2.54.2. CONTENT DEFINITION WARNING element content NAME WARNING MEANING WarningWarn ing TYPE ELEMENT DEFINITION REF Used to give notice to or call one's attention to beforehand especially of danger (such as a warning to a Flight Crew person or a warning to a mechanic before performing a dangerous task). The content must be written using all capital letters and must be proceeded by the word "WARNING". %TEXT Text ENTITY The character-based contents of a document, field, or See §4.6.3 element. page 168 A parameter entity which provides an easily reusable content model with those elements that are common to the textual portions of a document. NOTE Note ELEMENT Notes follow the text to which they relate and are located directly under and vertically in line with the text to which they apply. See § 4.3.19 page 75 Used to highlight or emphasize important points when necessary. Notes are explanatory comments. CAUTION Caution ELEMENT Statement that expresses the need for heightened See §6.2.5 awareness to conditions that can cause damage to page 231 equipment. A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 296 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual WARNING element content EFFECT Effectivity ELEMENT Indicates the applicability of items, materials and/or See §5.4.1 technical data to a type, series, model or individual page 194 item. The data necessary to determine the range of aircraft, engines or components for which an anchor or other element (text or graphic) is effective. It can be further qualified with Customer Originated Change, Service Bulletin and/or Flight Crew Operations Manual effectivities. All effectivities must be equal to, or subsets of, the parent elements' effectivity. The element must immediately follow the start tag of the element to which it applies. The effectivity can either be given as a computer interpretable string (Effectivity Range) or as human readable text (Effectivity Text). A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 297 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 7. WM DTD ============================================================ WM DTD HEADER ============================================================ DTD Reference: "-//ATA-TEXT//DTD WM-VER14-LEVEL2//EN" DTD Level : 2 Rev Date : 02 Apr 2012 Parsed Date : 02 Apr 2012 ============================================================ --> --> --> --> --> --> --> --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) Increased the "VER" number to 14.0. --> 2) Added optional PNR element to WIRE element (CR-2011-14). --> 3) Added new optional REGULATORY element to L1ITEM, L2ITEM, --> L3ITEM, L4ITEM, L5ITEM, L6ITEM, L7ITEM elements --> (CR-2011-10). --> 4) Added REGULATORY element to ENTRY element (CR-2011-11). --> --> Highlights: --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) Increased the "VER" number to 13.0. --> 2) Changed SBNRMFR to optional repeating in SBDATA. --> (CR-2008-06) --> 3) Added optional ETYPE to EQROW element structure. Added --> element ETYPE with #PCDATA content. (CR-2008-10) --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) Formatting changes made for readability. --> 2) Increased the "VER" number to 12.0. --> 3) Added optional LEGALNTC element prior to TRFMATR within --> the TR element structure (CR-2007-14-legalntc). --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) New MATEWMFR element added to the EQROW element as an --> optional repeatable choice with MATEWITH element. --> (CR-2006-10-WM-DTD) --> 3) Increased the "VER-REV" number to 11. --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) GLOSDATA is changed to optional in GLOSSARY content. --> Added CHGDESC* and %deleted; to GLOSSARY. --> (CR eTEXT.TRAN.006.2004) --> 2) TRLIST is optional in MFMATR content. --> (CR eTEXT.TRAN.007.2004) --> 3) Increased the "VER-REV" number to 10.1 --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) Added CHAPPREF attribute to CHAPTER, SECTION, SUBJECT, --> GRAPHIC, EQROW and EXTWROW elements. (CR AIB.WM.001.2004) --> 2) Added optional WEXDIR attribute to FROM and TO element. --> (CR AIB.WM.002.2004) --> 3) Added a choice between WIRENBR element and new WNBRMFR --> element in WIRECODE element content. Aded new WNBRMFR --> element with a content of WIRENBR, MFR and PNRNHA. --> Added new optional PNRNHA element in EINMFR content. --> Added new PNRNHA element with a content of PCDATA. --> (CR AIB.WM.003.2004) --> 4) Added a choice between BUNDNBR and PAN in WIRECODE content--> Added new optional DIAGREF element associated to BUNDNBR --> and PAN elements in WIRECODE content. Added new DIAGREF --> element containing a choice between REFINT and REFEXT. --> (CR AIB.WM.004.2004) --> 5) Added a new optional CONNECT element to FROM, TO and --> FEEDTHRU elements content. (CR AIB.WM.005.2004) --> 6) Added VENDLIST element to MFMATR, TR and INCREV with a --> A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 298 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual content of repeatable VENDATA elements. --> Added new VENDATA element with a content of MFR and MAD. --> Added new MAD element with a content of VENNAME, VENADDR*,--> VENINFO*, VENRPL*. --> Added new VENNAME, VENADDR, VENINFO and VENRPL elements --> with a content of #PCDATA. --> Added new RPLSTATUS attribute to VENRPL element. --> (CR AIB.TRAN.001.2004) --> 7) Added GLOSSARY element to MFMATR, TR and INCREV with a --> content of repeatable GLOSDATA elements. --> Added new GLOSDATA element with a content TERM and DEF --> Added new TERM and DEF elements with a content of PCDATA --> (CR AIB.TRAN.002.2004). --> 8) Added GCF notation. Added attribute CFNBR to SHEET. --> (CR AIB.GRAPHIC.001.2004). --> 9) Added new REFMEDIA element to reference a media file. --> Added PDF, PNG, JPEG, VRML, MPEG and MP3 notations. --> (CR 2004-Media-001). --> 10) Added GRSYMBOL element to PARA content to reference --> inline graphics (CR inline graphics). --> 11) Increased the "VER-REV" number to 10. --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) HDIAGNBR is optional in EQROW element. --> Change per ATA approved CR AIB.WM.001.2003. --> 2) In order to be compliant with the CR AIB.TRAN.004.2003, --> the %ein; entity replaces EIN in FROM, TO and FEEDTHRU --> content. --> 3) The KEY attribute on L4ITEM thru L7ITEM is renamed in ID --> for a better alignement with others DTD. --> 4) Increased the "VER-REV" number to 9.3 (wm020903.dtd). --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) Increased the "VER-REV" number to 9.2 (wm020902.dtd). --> 2) Made editorial changes to the highlights. --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) Increased the "VER-REV" number to 9.1 (wm020901.dtd). --> 2) Made editorial changes to the highlights. --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) For compatibility between AMM, AIPC and WM DTD, added --> new optional elements ECT, ESNBR, BENBR, OPERATOR, --> FSLGNBR and CUSAID with a content of #PCDATA to EFFDATA --> structure. --> Change per ATA approved CR AIB.TRAN.001.2003. --> 2) For compatibility between AMM, AIPC and WM DTD, added --> STATUS attribute to ICS element and added optional --> elements SBNRMFR, EONBR and ACLIST to SBDATA element. --> Added new SBNRMFR element with a content of SBNBR and --> MFR. --> Added new EMPTY ACLIST element with CDATA attributes --> STATUS and EFFRG. --> Change per ATA approved CR AIB.TRAN.002.2003. --> 3) For compatibility between AMM, AIPC and WM DTD, added --> new optional ACLIST element to COCDATA. --> Change per ATA approved CR AIB.TRAN.003.2003. --> 4) For compatibility between AMM, AIPC and WM DTD, Added --> new EINMFR element to identify vendor EIN. Added %ein; --> entity which is a choice between EIN and EINMFR. The --> %ein; entity replaces the EIN element use in the DTD. --> Change per ATA approved CR AIB.TRAN.004.2003. --> 5) Added attribute PANTYPE to PAN to identify access type. --> Change per ATA approved CR AIB.AMM.001.2003. --> 6) Added attribute KEY to LxITEM (l4item thru l7item) for --> referencing List Items. It was agreed to add the KEY --> attribute to the WM DTD since that DTD does not have the --> PRCLIST structure. Per agreement between Boeing and --> A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 299 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual Airbus and ATA CR approval (CR Boe.tran.002.2003). 7) Increased the "VER" number to 9.0 (wm020900.dtd). 8) Made some editorial improvements for readability. --> --> --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) Changed Graphic and Sheet attribute PAGENBR to a type of --> CDATA to allow for decimal and alpha character page --> numbering (ex. 1.1 or 1.1a). --> Change per ATA approved CR BOE.WM.001.2003. --> 2) Added attributes COCCOND and COCREV to element COCEFF. --> This aligns the COCEFF with the SBEFF attribute structure --> and provides a means for reporting COCEFF status. To keep --> the DTD backwards compatible the attribute is IMPLIED. --> Change per ATA approved CR BOE.WM.002.2003. --> 3) Increased the "VER" number to 8.2 (wm020802.dtd). --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) Incorporated ISObox, ISOamso & ISOamsc per ATA approved --> DTD CR 2003-All-001. --> 2) Increased the "REV" number to 8.1 (wm020801.dtd). --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> 1) Added optional MATEWITH to EQROW content. --> 2) Added attribute TYPE to EIN, MATEWITH, TERMNBR and --> WIRENBR. --> 3) Changed CONDLIST to optional in WMLIST structure. --> 4) Increased the "VER" number to 8.0 (wm020800.dtd). --> 5) Made some editorial improvements for readability. --> --> DTD REVISION HISTORY: --> Rev Date : 04 Dec 2001 --> Parsed Date : 04 Dec 2001 --> 1) Added optional EONBR to COCLIST. --> 2) Increased the "VER-REV" number to 7.2 (wm020702.dtd). --> 3) Made some editorial improvements for readability. --> --> Rev Date : 24 Oct 2001 --> Parsed Date : 24 Oct 2001 --> 1) Changed TABLE ENTRY to "*" optional repeating to avoid --> empty tags for blank table cell entries. --> 2) Added HZMTLST as choice to INCREV and TR. --> 3) Increased the "VER-REV" number to 7.1 (wm020701.dtd). --> --> Rev Date : 31 May 2001 --> Parsed Date : 31 May 2001 --> 1) Added EFFECT inclusions to WARNING, NOTE & CAUTION. --> 2) Added new elements SUB & SUPER to PARA & TITLE with a --> content of #PCDATA. --> 3) Added optional HAZMTLST element to MFMATR with a --> content of TITLE, optional PRETOPIC & HAZMT. Added new --> element HAZMT with a content of TITLE & WARNING. --> 4) Added new PARA element REFBLOCK with a content of --> #PCDATA or REFINT or REFEXT or GRPHCREF. --> 5) Increased the "VER" number to 7 (wm020700). --> 6) Made some editorial improvements for readability. --> --> Revision Date: 21 Dec 2000 --> Parsed Date : 08 Jan 2001 --> 1) Increased the version number to 6. --> 2) Added ISOgrk2,3,4 & ISOlat1. --> 3) Added implied attribute IMGAREA to SHEET. --> 4) Added optional LEGALNTC to document element structure. --> NOTE: IMGAREA attribute value of IL had to be modified to --> I-L for this DTD ONLY since the value IL is already used. --> --> Revision Date: Sept 98 --> Highlight : --> Increased the version number to 5 --> A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 300 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual > > > > > > > > "(warning | caution | note)+" > "(para | table | unlist | numlist | graphic | %wcn; | list1)+" > "(deleted, chgdesc*)" > "NUMBER" > (N | R | U | D) ID NUMBER #REQUIRED #REQUIRED #REQUIRED" "(ein | einmfr)" A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > > > > > Page 301 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual % ISOgrk1 PUBLIC 8879-1986//ENTITIES Greek Letters//EN" % ISOgrk2 PUBLIC 8879-1986//ENTITIES Monotoniko Greek//EN" % ISOgrk3 PUBLIC 8879-1986//ENTITIES Greek Symbols//EN" % ISOgrk4 PUBLIC 8879-1986//ENTITIES Alternative Greek Symbols//EN" % ISOlat1 PUBLIC 8879-1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN" % ISObox PUBLIC 8879-1986//ENTITIES Box and Line Drawing//EN" % ISOamso PUBLIC 8879-1986//ENTITIES Added Math Symbols: Ordinary//EN" % ISOamsc PUBLIC 8879-1986//ENTITIES Added Math Symbols: Delimiters//EN" > > > > > > > > %ISOtech; %ISOpub; %ISOnum; %ISOgrk1; %ISOgrk2; %ISOgrk3; %ISOgrk4; %ISOlat1; %ISObox; %ISOamso; %ISOamsc; - - (ttlpage | transltr | trlist | mfrevrec | sblist | coclist | effxref | intro | eqiplist | condlist | eqrow | condrow | extwlist | extwrow | spchap| spsect | spsubj | chapter | section | subject | graphic | sheet | l1item | l2item | l3item | legalntc | hazmtlst | vendlist | glossary)+ > - - (legalntc?, trfmatr, (sblist | coclist | effxref | intro | eqrow+ | condrow+ | extwrow+ | spchap | spsect+ | spsubj+ | chapter | section+ | subject+ | graphic+ | sheet+ | l1item+ | l2item+ | l3item+ | legalntc | hazmtlst | vendlist | glossary)) > - - (title, trxref?, trinfo) CDATA NUMBER CDATA CDATA A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > #REQUIRED #REQUIRED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED > Page 302 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual - - - (paptrnbr+) (#PCDATA) - - NUMBER (%text;) > > #REQUIRED > > proptary fullstmt partstmt exprtcl cpyrght year holder geninfo - - (fullstmt, partstmt?) (title?, cpyrght?, para+) (title?, para+) (para | unlist | numlist | note)+ (year*, holder*, geninfo) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (para | unlist | numlist | note)+ > > > > > > > > - - (chgdesc*, title, graphic?, para*) > - - - - - - (trnbr, trstatus, trloc+) > - - - - (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > - - (chgdesc*, title, %text;) > > ((chgdesc*, title, %text;) | %deleted;) NAME > #IMPLIED > (trdata+ | isempty) > > > (chgdesc*, title, %text;) > (title, (%text;)?, vendata+) > - - NAME - - #IMPLIED (mfr, mad) (venname?, venaddr*, veninfo*, venrpl*) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > > > > > (rpls|rplby) > A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide #REQUIRED Page 303 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual - - - - - - O - sbnbr sbrev atanbr mdnbr custeff cus effrc sc icdate ics ics status (chgdesc*, title, %text;, (sbdata+ | isempty)) > (sbnbr?, sbrev?, sbnrmfr*, eonbr*, atanbr?, mdnbr*, cocnbr*, custeff?, sc?, aclist*, title?, (ics | icdate)) > (sbnbr, mfr?) > EMPTY > CDATA CDATA - #IMPLIED #IMPLIED (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (cus, effrc)+ (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) CDATA - - > > > > > > > > > > > > #IMPLIED (chgdesc*, title, %text;, (cocdata+ | isempty)) > > - - - - - - (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > - - (chgdesc*, title, %text;, effdata+) > - - benbr operator ect esnbr cusaid fslgnbr - - (cus?, modtype?, venbr?, cec, cac?, acn?, linenbr?, ect?, msnbr, esnbr?, benbr?, operator?, fslgnbr?, cusaid?)> (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > > > > modtype venbr cec cac acn linenbr msnbr - - (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > > > > > (chgdesc*, title, para?, list1) > > (cocnbr?, cocrev?, eonbr*, atanbr?, mdnbr*, custeff?, sc?, aclist*, title?, (icdate | ics)) > > - - - - (title, pretopic*, hazmt+) > - - (title, warning) > > NAME #IMPLIED > A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 304 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual - - - ID #REQUIRED (title, %text;) +(effect) ((chgdesc*, title, (%text;)?, glosdata*) | %deleted;) NAME > > > #IMPLIED > - - - - (term, def) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER #REQUIRED #REQUIRED #REQUIRED > A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 305 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual hdiagnbr tqa eqivpnr optcode dwg ch20ref pan pan pantype position maxpos pandesc modcode gridnbr - - ((effect, chgdesc*, %ein;, pnr, etype?, alprtnbr?, partdesc, mfr, location, (matewith | matewmfr)*, hdiagnbr?, tqa?, eqivpnr*, mfrname?, optcode?, dwg?, ch20ref?, pan?, position*, maxpos?, pandesc?, modcode?, gridnbr?) | %deleted;)> CDATA #IMPLIED > > > - - - (ein, mfr?, pnrnha?) (#PCDATA) CDATA (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (stnnbr?, wl?, bl?, zone?) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) #IMPLIED - > > > > > > > > > > > > CDATA (ein, mfr?, pnrnha?) #IMPLIED > > CDATA #IMPLIED > - - - - - (refint | refext) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (refint | refext) (#PCDATA) - - CDATA (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > > > > > > > #IMPLIED > > > > > > Page 306 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual - - actwire nactwire sparepin from ((effect, chgdesc*, (actwire | nactwire | sparepin), modcode?) | %deleted;) CDATA > #IMPLIED > - - (wire, from, to) > (wire, from?, to?) > (from) > (((%ein;, connect?) | wirecode), termnbr, shunt?, termpnr?, termcode?) > CDATA #IMPLIED > - - (((%ein;, connect?) | wirecode), termnbr, shunt?, termpnr?, termcode?) > CDATA #IMPLIED - - (wirecode, length+, wiretype+, pnr?, hdiagnbr, fam?, wirerte?, bundpnr?, bunddesc?, feedthru*, sensep?) > > - - - - ((wirenbr | wnbrmfr), wireawg?, wireclr?, ((bundnbr | pan), diagref?)?) > (#PCDATA) > - CDATA (wirenbr, mfr?, pnrnha?) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (refint | refext) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) #IMPLIED - > > > > > > > > - CDATA (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) #IMPLIED - > > > > > (ft | in | mm | cm | m) (#PCDATA) #REQUIRED - - > > - (us | mt) #IMPLIED (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (%ein;, connect?, termnbr?) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) - > > > > > > > > A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 307 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual - - - - - ((effect, chgdesc*, condid, zone, zone, dia, length, wirecode+) | %deleted;) > (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > (in | cm | mm) #REQUIRED > hwinfo mfrname hwname altentry - - (mfrname, pnr, hwname, altentry*) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > > - - - - (mfrname, matlpnr, matlname, altentry*) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > - - - - (mfrname, toolpnr, toolname, altentry*) (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > > - - (mfrname, termpnr, termname, altentry*) > - - (#PCDATA) > - - - (#PCDATA) (#PCDATA) > > - - (#PCDATA) > - - (#PCDATA | sub | super)+ > - O (colspec*, spanspec*, thead?, tfoot?, tbody) NUMBER %yesorno; %yesorno; (left | right | center | justify | char) NUTOKEN CDATA A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > #REQUIRED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED "left" "50" "" > Page 308 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual - O EMPTY NUMBER NMTOKEN (left | right | center | justify | char) NUTOKEN CDATA CDATA %yesorno; %yesorno; - O %yesorno; - O - O "center" #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED "bottom" > > "top" > > "top" > > #IMPLIED ((regulatory | para | numlist | unlist)* | graphic) > > #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED "0" #IMPLIED #IMPLIED "0" "top" #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED (%text;) ID > > (entry+) NMTOKEN NMTOKEN NMTOKEN NMTOKEN NUMBER %yesorno; %yesorno; %yesorno; (top | middle | bottom) (left | right | center | justify | char) NUTOKEN CDATA - - #REQUIRED #REQUIRED #IMPLIED (row+) (top | middle | bottom) > > (colspec*, row+) (top | middle | bottom) - O #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED (colspec*, row+) (top | middle | bottom) - O #IMPLIED #IMPLIED EMPTY NMTOKEN NMTOKEN NMTOKEN (left | right | center | justify | char) NUTOKEN CDATA %yesorno; %yesorno; - O > > > #REQUIRED > - - (effect?, #PCDATA) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > Page 309 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual IDREF CDATA CDATA %yesorno; - - #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED "0" ((effect, chgdesc*, title?, sheet+) | %deleted;) CDATA (ss | wd | il) NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER CDATA NUMBER NAME > > #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED > - - ((effect, chgdesc*, title?, gdesc?) | %deleted;) ENTITY ENTITY (ss|wd|il) NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER CDATA NUMBER CDATA (AP|BP|CP|DL|EL|FP|GP|HL|I-L) > #REQUIRED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #REQUIRED #IMPLIED > - - (unlist | numlist) - O > EMPTY ENTITY CDATA CDATA CDATA > #REQUIRED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED > - - - - > ((chgdesc*, title?, regulatory?, (%text;)?, list3?) | %deleted;) > - - > ((chgdesc*, title?, regulatory?, (%text;)?, list4?) | %deleted;) > - - (title?, regulatory?, (%text;)?, list5?) ((chgdesc*, title?, regulatory?, (%text;)?, list2?) | %deleted;) > A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > > Page 310 July 2013 id A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual - - ID #IMPLIED (title?, regulatory?, (%text;)?, list6?) > > - - ID #IMPLIED (title?, regulatory?, (%text;)?, list7?) > > - - ID #IMPLIED (title?, regulatory?, %text;) > > ID > #IMPLIED - - (effect?, regulation+) > > #REQUIRED > - - (numlitem+) (NNP|AUP|NNB|ALB|NNS |RUP|RLP|RUR|RLR|NNR |AUR|ALR) - - (para+) > "NNP" > > - - - - (#PCDATA) CDATA IDREF (#PCDATA) A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide > #IMPLIED #IMPLIED > > Page 311 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual mednbr ENTITY #REQUIRED > - O - O EMPTY CDATA CDATA CDATA CDATA CDATA CDATA CDATA NUMBER > #REQUIRED #REQUIRED #REQUIRED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED EMPTY CDATA CDATA CDATA CDATA CDATA CDATA CDATA NUMBER > > #REQUIRED #REQUIRED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED #IMPLIED > - O - O EMPTY EMPTY > > - O O O O EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY > > > > --> EMPTY > revst revend cocst cocend CDATA CDATA A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide #IMPLIED #IMPLIED > Page 312 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 8. APPENDICES 8.1. APPENDIX I : REFERENCED DOCUMENTS REFERENCED DOCUMENTS REFERENCE [ATAMED] ATA REFERENCE ATA iSpec 2200 ISSUE Mar 03 Delivery and Specification Mar 04 Common Support Data Dictionary Mar 03 DTD Technical Requirements Mar 13 WM Document Type Definition MEDIA V6.5 [CSDD] ATA 2004.1 REVISION [TECHREQ] ATA iSpec 2200 TITLE Use / Media & Packaging TECHREQ V4 [WMDTD] "-//ATA-TEXT//DTD WM-VER14LEVEL2//EN" A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 313 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 8.2. APPENDIX II : ACRONYMS ACRONYMS NAME MEANING ATA Air Transport Association CGM Computer Graphic Metafile CSDD Common Support Data Dictionary DTD Document Type Definition FIN Functional Identification Number ISO International Standards Organization SGML Standard Generalized Markup Language SSM System Schematic Manual WDM Wiring Diagram Manual WM WMLIST Wiring Manual Wiring Manual List A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide Page 314 July 2013 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 Wiring Manual 9. WM ELEMENT LIST This appendix lists all used and unused DTD elements in alphabetic order. The unused elements are in light grey and italic font. %DELETED.......................180 %EIN...................................157 %REVATT.........................182 %TEXT...............................168 %WCN................................170 ACLIST.................................58 ACN......................................65 ACTWIRE..........................134 ALPRTNBR.........................227 ALTENTRY.........................228 ATANBR.................. ...........229 BENBR.................................65 BL.......................................123 BUNDDESC.......................136 BUNDNBR.........................139 BUNDPNR..........................136 CAC....................................230 CAUTION...........................231 CEC.......................................65 CH20REF...........................233 CHAPTER..........................103 COCDATA...........................52 COCEFF.............................194 COCEND............................207 COCLIST..............................52 COCNBR..............................57 COCREV..............................52 COCST................................206 COLSPEC.............................94 CONDID.............................235 CONDLIST.........................234 CONDROW........................235 CONNECT..........................153 CPYRGHT............................33 CUS.......................................72 CUSAID..............................237 CUSREVREC......................238 CUSTEFF...........................239 DEF........................... .........246 DELETED.......................... 180 DIA........................ .............235 DIAGREF...........................139 DWG...................................240 ECT.......................................65 EFFDATA.............................65 EFFECT..............................194 EFFRC................................239 EFFXREF.............................65 EIN......................................161 EINMFR.............................157 ENTRY.................................96 EONBR.................................62 EQIPLIST...........................114 EQIVPNR...........................241 EQROW..............................116 ESNBR..................................65 ETYPE................................116 EXPRTCL...........................242 EXTWLIST........................ 129 EXTWROW........................131 FAM....................................136 FEEDTHRU........................145 FROM.................................146 FSLGNBR.................. .........243 FTNOTE.............................244 FULLSTMT..........................30 GDESC...............................245 GENINFO.............................34 GLOSDATA........................246 GLOSSARY........................101 GRAPHIC...........................212 GRIDNBR...........................247 GRPHCREF........................210 HAZMT.................. .............248 HAZMTLST.........................248 HDIAGNBR.......................163 HOLDER..............................33 HOTLINK................. ..........250 HWINFO.............................251 HWNAME.................... .......251 ICDATE.................. ............252 ICS........................................63 INCREV..............................253 INTRO..................................73 ISEMPTY...........................188 L1ITEM................................81 L2ITEM................................81 L3ITEM................................81 L4ITEM................................81 L5ITEM................................81 L6ITEM................................81 L7ITEM................................81 LEGALNTC..........................30 LENGTH.............................143 LINENBR.............................65 LIST1....................................81 LIST2....................................81 LIST3....................................81 A320 family, A330/A340 and A380 SGML Data User Guide LIST4....................................81 LIST5....................................81 LIST6....................................81 LIST7....................................81 LOCATION........................123 MAD.....................................39 MATEWITH.......................126 MATEWMFR.....................127 MATLINFO.........................256 MATLNAME................... ....256 MATLPNR..........................257 MAXPOS............................116 MDNBR................................61 MFMATR.............................35 MFREVREC.............. .........258 MFRNAME.................. .......259 MODCODE.................. ......260 MODTYPE...........................65 MSNBR.................................65 NACTWIRE.......................135 NOTE....................................75 NUMLIST............................261 NUMLITEM........................261 OPERATOR.........................65 OPTCODE..........................116 OPTCODE..........................262 PAN.....................................164 PANDESC...........................263 PAPTRNBR.........................285 PARA....................................77 PARTDESC........................116 PARTSTMT.........................264 PNR.....................................165 PNRNHA............................156 POSITION..........................265 PRETOPIC.........................248 PROPTARY..........................30 REFBLOCK.................... ....266 REFEXT.............................208 REFINT...............................267 REFMEDIA........................268 REGULATION....................269 REGULATORY...................269 REVEND............................193 REVST................................189 ROW.....................................96 SBDATA...............................43 SBEFF.................................194 SBLIST.................................43 Page 315

WDM_V1.3_2013_07

Recommend Documents